1 Esdras

<2 Chronicles 2 Esdras (Ezra; Nehemiah)>


ΕΣΔΡΑΣ Α (An-Esdras 1)

1 ESDRAS

Inscr ο ιερυς A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:1 ΚΑΙ ἤγαγεν Ἰωσείας τὸ πάσχα ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῷ κυρίῳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθυσαν τὸ πάσχα τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ πρώτου,

And it-had-led, an-Iôseias, to-the-one to-a-Pascha in unto-an-Ierousalêm unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged of-it, and they-surged to-the-one to-a-Pascha unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth unto-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-most-before,

1:1 Ιωσιας BbA (ita fere ubique) | αυτου] εαυτου A | εθυσαν] εθυσε Bab + οι υιοι Ιλ̅η̅ A | τεσσαρεσκαιδ. (τεσσαρισκαιδ. Ba)] τε ιδÆ A (improb τε A?)

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:2 στήσας τοὺς ἱερεῖς κατ' ἐφημερίας ἐστολισμένους ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοῦ κυρίου.

having-stood to-the-ones to-sacreders-of down to-dayings-upon-unto having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to in unto-the-one unto-sacred of-the-one of-Authority-belonged.

Note: having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:3 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς Λευείταις, ἱεροδούλοις τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, ἁγιάσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν τῇ θέσει τῆς ἁγίας κιβωτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ ᾧ ᾠκοδόμησεν Σαλωμὼν ὁ τοῦ Δαυεὶδ ὁ βασιλεύς·

And it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers, unto-sacred-bondees of-the-one of-an-Israêl, to-have-hallow-belonged-to to-them unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-placing of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-box of-the-one of-Authority-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-house unto-which it-house-built-unto, a-Salômôn the-one of-the-one of-a-Daueid the-one a-ruler-of;

1:3 Λευιταις A (Λευιτ. ubique) | αυτους] εαυτους A | του D.] pr υιος A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:4 Οὐκ ἔσται ὑμῖν ἆραι ἐπ' ὤμων αὐτήν· καὶ νῦν λατρεύετε τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ ὑμῶν, καὶ θεραπεύετε τὸ ἔθνος αὐτοῦ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἑτοιμάσατε κατὰ τὰς πατριὰς καὶ τὰς φυλὰς ὑμῶν (1Es 1:5) κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν Δαυεὶδ βασιλέως Ἰσραὴλ καὶ κατὰ τὴν μεγαλειότητα Σαλωμὼν τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ·

Not it-shall-be unto-ye to-have-lifted upon of-shoulders to-it; and now ye-should-serve-of unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged unto-a-Deity of-ye, and ye-should-minister-of to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it to-an-Israêl, and ye-should-have-readied-to down to-the-ones to-fatherings-unto and to-the-ones to-tribings of-ye (1Es 1:5) down to-the-one to-a-scribings of-a-Daueid of-a-ruler-of of-an-Israêl and down to-the-one to-a-greatened-belongness of-a-Salômôn of-the-one of-a-son of-it;

1:4 τω κυριω θεω] κω̅ τω θω A | υμων 1°] ημων A | τας φυλας] om τας A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:5 καὶ στάντες ἐν τῷ ἁγίῷ κατὰ τὴν μεριδαρχίαν τὴν πατρικὴν ὑμῶν τῶν Λευειτῶν τῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ

and having-had-stood in unto-the-one unto-hallow-belonged down to-the-one to-a-portioned-firsting-unto to-the-one to-father-belonged-of of-sons of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers of-the-ones in-toward-from of-the-ones of-brethrened of-ye of-sons of-an-Israêl

1:5-6 Ισλ’·| εν ταξει A

1:5 αγιω] ιερω A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:6 ἐν τάξει, (1Es 1:6) θύσατε τὸ πάσχα, καὶ τὰς θυσίας ἑτοιμάσατε τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ποιήσατε τὸ πάσχα κατὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ κυρίου τὸ δοθὲν τῷ Μωυσῇ.

in unto-an-arranging, (1Es 1:6) ye-should-have-surged to-the-one to-a-Pascha, and to-the-ones to-surgings-unto ye-should-have-readied-to unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-ye, and ye-should-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-Pascha down to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-the-one to-having-been-given unto-the-one unto-Môusês.

1:5-6 Ισλ’·| εν ταξει A

1:6 του κυριου] κυ̅ A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:7 καὶ ἐδωρήσατο Ἰωσείας τῷ λαῷ τῷ εὑρεθέντι ἀρνῶν καὶ ἐρίφων τριάκοντα χιλιάδας, μόσχους τρισχιλίους· (1Es 1:8) ταῦτα ἐκ τῶν βασιλικῶν ἐδόθη κατ' ἐπαγγελίαν τῷ λαῷ καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν καὶ Λευείταις.

And it-gifted-unto, an-Iôseias, unto-the-one unto-a-people unto-the-one unto-having-been-found of-lamblings and of-kids to-thirty to-thousands, to-calves to-thrice-thousand; (1Es 1:8) the-ones-these out of-the-ones of-ruler-belonged-of it-was-given down to-a-leadeeering-upon-unto unto-the-one unto-a-people and unto-the-ones unto-sacreders and unto-Leuei-belongers.

1:7 χιλιαδες A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:8 καὶ ἔδωκεν Χελκείας καὶ Ζαχαρίας καὶ Ἠσύηλος οἱ ἐπιστάται τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν εἰς πάσχα πρόβατα δισχίλια ἑξακόσια, μόσχους τριακοσίους.

And it-gave, a-Chelkeias and a-Zacharias and an-Êsuêlos the-ones standers-upon of-the-one of-sacred, unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of into to-a-Pascha to-stepped-before to-two-thousand to-six-hundred, to-calves to-three-hundred.

1:8 Χελκιας BbA | Ησυηλος B*A] η συνοδος Ba? b | post εξακοσια ras 1 lit A?

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:9 καὶ Ἰεχονίας καὶ Σαμαίας καὶ Ναθαναὴλ ὁ ἀδελφὸς καὶ Σαβίας καὶ Ὀχίηλος καὶ Ἰωρὰμ χιλίαρχοι ἔδωκαν τοῖς Λευείταις εἰς πάσχα πρόβατα χίλια, μόσχους ἑπτακοσίους.

And an-Iechonias and a-Samaias and a-Nathanaêl the-one brethrened and a-Sabias and an-Ochiêlos and an-Iôram firsts-of-thousand they-gave unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers into to-a-Pascha to-stepped-before to-thousand, to-calves to-seven-hundred.

1:9 Οχιηλος] Οζιηλος Aa? (? A*) | χιλια] πεντακεισχιλια (εισχ sup ras Aa) A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:10 καὶ ταῦτα τὰ γενόμενα· εὐπρεπῶς ἔστησαν οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται, ἔχοντες τὰ ἄζυμα, κατὰ τὰς φυλὰς (1Es 1:11) καὶ κατὰ τὰς μεριδαρχίας τῶν πατέρων ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ λαοῦ, προσενεγκεῖν τῷ κυρίῳ κατὰ τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν βιβλίῳ Μωυσῆ· καὶ οὕτω τὸ πρωινόν.

And the-ones-these the-ones having-had-became; unto-goodly-befitted they-had-stood, the-ones sacreders-of and the-ones Leuei-belongers, holding to-the-ones to-un-fermented, down to-the-ones to-tribings (1Es 1:11) and down to-the-ones to-portioned-firstings-unto of-the-ones of-fathers in-toward-from of-the-one of-a-people, to-have-had-beared-toward unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged down to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed in unto-a-paperlet of-a-Môusês; and of-which-unto-the-one to-the-one to-befored-belonged-to.

1:10 ταυτα τα γενομενα] τουτων γενομενων A | οι Λευειται] om οι A* (hab superscr A1) | Μωση A | ουτωςA

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:11 (1Es 1:12) καὶ ὤπτησαν τὸ πάσχα ἐν πυρὶ ὡς καθήκει, καὶ τὰς θυσίας ἥψησαν ἐν τοῖς χαλκίοις καὶ λέβησιν μετ' εὐωδίας, (1Es 1:13) καὶ ἀπήνεγκαν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ.

(1Es 1:12) And they-roasted-unto to-the-one to-a-Pashca in unto-a-fire as it-arriveth-down, and to-the-ones to-surgings-unto they-seethed in unto-the-ones unto-copperlets and unto-cauldrons with of-a-goodly-odoring-unto, (1Es 1:13) and they-beared-off unto-all unto-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-people.

1:11 om εν 1° Bab | ηψησαν] ωπτησαν A | πασιν A | εκ] ε sup ras Aa

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:12 μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἡτοίμασαν ἑαυτοῖς τε καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἀδελφοῖς αὐτῶν υἱοῖς Ἀαρών.

With then-also to-the-ones-these they-readied-to unto-selves also and unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of unto-brethrened of-them unto-sons of-an-Aarôn.

1:12 αυτων] εαυτων A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:13 (1Es 1:14) οἱ γὰρ ἱερεῖς ἀνέφερον τὰ στέατα ἕως ἀωρίας· καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται ἡτοίμασαν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἀδελφοῖς αὐτῶν υἱοῖς Ἀαρών.

(1Es 1:14) The-ones too-thus sacreders-of they-were-bearing-up to-the-ones to-suets unto-if-which of-an-un-houring-unto; and the-ones Leuei-belongers they-readied-to unto-selves and unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of unto-brethrened of-them unto-sons of-an-Aarôn.

1:13 αυτων] ων sup ras Aa

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:14 (1Es 1:15) καὶ οἱ ἱεροψάλται υἱοὶ Ἀσὰφ ἦσαν ἐπὶ τῆς τάξεως αὐτῶν κατὰ τὰ ὑπὸ Δαυεὶδ τεταγμένα, καὶ Ἀσὰφ καὶ Ζαχαρίας καὶ Ἐδδεινοῦς οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως.

(1Es 1:15) And the-ones sacred-twangers sons of-an-Asaf they-were upon of-the-one of-an-arranging of-them down to-the-ones under of-a-Daueid to-having-had-come-to-be-arranged, and an-Asaf and a-Zacharias and an-Eddeinous the-ones beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

1:14 υιοι] ιοι sup ras Aa | αυτων] εαυτων A | Εδδινους A | οι παρα] ο παρα A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:15 (1Es 1:16) καὶ οἱ θυρωροὶ ἐφ' ἑκάστου πυλῶνος· οὐκ ἔστιν παραβῆναι ἕκαστον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐφημερίαν· οἱ γὰρ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν οἱ Λευεῖται ἡτοίμασαν ἑαυτοῖς.

(1Es 1:16) And the-ones portal-wardens upon of-each of-a-gating; not it-be to-have-had-stepped-beside to-each to-the-one of-self to-a-daying-upon-unto; the-ones too-thus brethrened of-them the-ones Leuei-belongers they-readied-to unto-selves.

1:15 εαυτοις] αυτοις A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:16 (1Es 1:17) καὶ συνετελέσθη τὰ τῆς θυσίας τοῦ κυρίου (1Es 1:18) ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἀχθῆναι τὸ πάσχα καὶ προσαχθῆναι τὰς θυσίας ἐπὶ τὸ τοῦ κυρίου θυσιαστήριον κατὰ τὴν ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ βασιλέως Ἰωσείου.

(1Es 1:17) And it-was-finished-together-unto the-ones of-the-one of-a-surging-unto of-the-one of-Authority-belonged (1Es 1:18) in unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness, to-have-been-led to-the-one to-a-Pascha and to-have-been-led-toward to-the-ones to-surgings-unto upon to-the-one of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-a-surgerlet down to-the-one to-an-arrangement-upon of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-an-Iôseias.

1:16 του κυριου] τω κω̅ A | προσαχθηναι] προσενεχθηναι A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:17 (1Es 1:19) καὶ ἠγάγοσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ οἱ εὑρεθέντες ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ τὸ πάσχα καὶ τὴν ἑορτὴν τῶν ἀζύμων ἡμέρας ἑπτά.

(1Es 1:19) And they-hath-had-led, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl the-ones having-been-found in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-this, to-the-one to-a-Pascha and to-the-one to-a-festival of-the-ones of-un-fermented to-dayednesses to-seven.

1:17 ηγαγον A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:18 (1Es 1:20) καὶ οὐκ ἤχθη τὸ πάσχα τοιοῦτο ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ τῶν χρόνων Σαμουὴλ τοῦ προφήτου·

(1Es 1:20) And not it-was-led the-one a-Pascha the-one-unto-the-one-this in unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl off of-the-ones of-whiles of-a-Samouêl of-the-one of-a-declarer-before;

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:19 (1Es 1:21) καὶ πάντες οἱ βασιλεῖς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἠγάγοσαν πάσχα τοιοῦτον οἷον ἤγαγεν Ἰωσείας καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται καὶ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ ὁ εὑρεθεὶς ἐν τῇ κατοικήσει αὐτῶν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

(1Es 1:21) and all the-ones rulers-of of-the-one of-an-Israêl not they-hath-had-led to-a-Pascha to-the-one-unto-the-one-this to-which-belonged it-had-led, an-Iôseias and the-ones sacreders-of and the-ones Leuei-belongers and the-ones Iouda-belonged and all an-Israêl the-one having-been-found in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-down of-them in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

Note: to-the-one-unto-the-one-this in 03 : to-the-one-unto-the-one-this in 02.

1:19 τοιουτο A | ο ευρεθεις] οι ευρεθεντες A

(512 B.C. Abib 14)

1Es 1:20 (1Es 1:22) ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει βασιλεύοντος Ἰωσείου ἤχθη τὸ πάσχα τοῦτο.

(1Es 1:22) Unto-eight-and-tenth unto-a-yeareedness of-rulering-of of-an-Iôseias it-was-led the-one a-Pascha the-one-this.

(531-500 B.C.)

1Es 1:21 (1Es 1:23) καὶ ὠρθώθη τὰ ἔργα Ἰωσείου ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ ἐν καρδίᾳ πλήρει εὐσεβείας.

(1Es 1:23) And it-was-en-straightly-jutted the-ones works of-an-Iôseias to-in-look-belonged of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-it in unto-a-heart unto-fullinged of-a-goodly-revering-of.

1:21 εν] ε sup ras Aa? | πληρεις BabA

(531-500 B.C.)

1Es 1:22 (1Es 1:24) καὶ τὰ κατ' αὐτὸν δὲ ἀναγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν χρόνοις, περὶ τῶν ἡμαρτηκότων καὶ ἠσεβηκότων εἰς τὸν κύριον παρὰ πᾶν ἔθνος καὶ βασιλείαν, καὶ ἃ ἐλύπησαν αὐτὸν ἔστιν· καὶ οἱ λόγοι τοῦ κυρίου ἀνέστησαν ἐπὶ Ἰσραήλ.

(1Es 1:24) And to-the-ones down to-it then-also it-had-come-to-be-scribed-up in unto-the-ones in-toward-from unto-whiles, about of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-un-adjust-along and of-having-had-come-to-un-revere-unto into to-the-one to-Authority-belonged beside to-all to-a-placeedness-belonging-to and to-a-ruling-of, and to-which they-throed-unto to-it it-be; and the-ones forthees of-the-one of-Authority-belonged they-had-stood-up upon to-an-Israêl.

1:22 ησεβηκ.] η 1° sup ras Aa | om α A | εστιν] εν αισθησει A

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:23 (1Es 1:25) Καὶ μετὰ πᾶσαν τὴν πρᾶξιν ταύτην Ἰωσείου συνέβη Φαραὼ βασιλέα Αἰγύπτου ἐλθόντα πόλεμον ἐγεῖραι ἐν Χαρκαμὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ Εὐφράτου· καὶ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς ἀπάντησιν αὐτῷ Ἰωσείας.

(1Es 1:25) And with to-all to-the-one to-a-practice to-the-one-this of-an-Iôseias it-had-stepped-together to-a-Faraô to-a-ruler-of of-an-Aiguptos to-having-had-came to-a-war to-have-roused in unto-a-Charkamus upon of-the-one of-a-Eufratês; and it-had-came-out into to-an-ever-a-oneing-off unto-it, an-Iôseias.

1:23 Χαρχαμυς] Καλχαμυς A | Ιωσεις B* (Ιωσιας Ba et ut vid b)

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:24 (1Es 1:26) καὶ διεπέμψατο βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγων Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ἐστιν, βασιλεῦ τῆς Ἰουδαίας;

(1Es 1:26) And it-volleyed-through, a-ruler-of of-an-Aiguptos, toward to-it, forthing, What-one unto-ME and unto-thee it-be, Ruler-of of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia?

1:24 προς αυτον βασιλευς Αιγυπτου A

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:25 (1Es 1:27) οὐχὶ πρὸς σὲ ἐξαπέσταλμαι ὑπὸ Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦ Εὐφράτου ὁ πόλεμός μού ἐστιν· καὶ νῦν Κύριος μετ' ἐμοῦ ἐστιν, καὶ Κύριος μετ' ἐμοῦ ἐπισπεύδων ἐστίν· ἀπόστηθι, καὶ μὴ ἐναντιοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ.

(1Es 1:27) Unto-not toward to-thee I-had-come-to-be-set-off-out under of-Authority-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity, upon too-thus of-the-one of-a-Eufratês the-one a-war of-me it-be; and now Authority-belonged with of-ME it-be, and Authority-belonged with of-ME hastening-upon it-be; thou-should-have-had-stood-off, and lest thou-should-en-ever-a-one-in unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged.

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:26 (1Es 1:28) καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστρεψεν ἑαυτὸν Ἰωσείας ἐπὶ τὸ ἅρμα αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πολεμεῖν αὐτὸν ἐπιχειρεῖ, οὐ προσέχων ῥήμασιν Ἰερεμίου προφήτου ἐκ στόματος Κυρίου·

(1Es 1:28) And not it-beturned-off to-self, an-Iôseias, upon to-the-one to-a-lifting-along-to of-it, other to-war-unto to-it it-handeth-upon-unto, not holding-toward unto-utterings-to of-an-Ieremias of-a-declarer-before out of-a-becutteeing-to of-Authority-belonged;

1:26 αυτου] εαυτου A | επεχειρι (εχ sup ras Aa?) A

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:27 (1Es 1:29) ἀλλὰ συνεστήσατο πρὸς αὐτὸν πόλεμον ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ Μετααδδοῦς· καὶ κατέβησαν οἱ ἄρχοντες πρὸς βασιλέα Ἰωσείαν.

(1Es 1:29) other it-stood-together toward to-it to-a-war in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet of-a-Metaaddous; and they-had-stepped-down, the-ones firsting, toward to-a-ruler-of to-an-Iôseias.

1:27 Μεταεδδαους A | βασιλεα] pr τον A

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:28 (1Es 1:30) καὶ εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ Ἀποστήσατέ με ἀπὸ τῆς μάχης, ἠσθένησα γὰρ λίαν. καὶ εὐθέως ἀπέστησαν αὐτὸν οἱ παῖδες αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς παρατάξεως,

(1Es 1:30) And it-had-said, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-ones unto-children of-it, Ye-should-have-stood-off to-me off of-the-one of-a-battling, I-un-vigor-unto too-thus to-exceedingly. And unto-straight they-stood-off to-it, the-ones children of-it, off of-the-one of-an-arranging-beside,

1:28 αυτου 1°] εαυτου A

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:29 (1Es 1:31) καὶ ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὸ ἅρμα τὸ δευτέριον αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἀποκατασταθεὶς εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ μετήλλαξεν τὸν βίον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐτάφη ἐν τῷ πατρικῷ τάφῳ.

(1Es 1:31) and it-had-stepped-up upon to-the-one to-a-lifting-along-to to-the-one to-second-belonged of-it; and having-been-stood-down-off into to-an-Ierousalêm it-othered-with to-the-one to-a-dureeation of-it, and it-had-been-burialed in unto-the-one unto-father-belonged-of unto-a-buriage.

1:29 δευτερον Ba | αυτου] εαυτου A (bis) | αποκατασταθει A* (ς superscr A1)

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:30 (1Es 1:32) καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἐπένθησαν τὸν Ἰωσείαν· καὶ ἐθρήνησεν Ἰερεμίας ὁ προφήτης ὑπὲρ Ἰωσείου, καὶ οἱ προκαθήμενοι σὺν γυναιξὶν ἐθρηνοῦσαν αὐτὸν ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης· καὶ ἐξεδόθη τοῦτο γενέσθαι αἰεὶ εἰς πᾶν τὸ γένος Ἰσραήλ.

(1Es 1:32) And in unto-whole unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia they-grieved-unto to-the-one to-an-Iôseias; and it-wailed-unto, an-Ieremias the-one a-declarer-before, over of-an-Iôseias, and the-ones sitting-down-before together unto-women they-were-wailing-unto to-it unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this; and it-was-given-out the-one-this to-have-had-became ever-if into to-all to-the-one to-a-becomeedness of-an-Israêl.

1:30 επενθησαν] pr και A | εθρηνουσαν] εθρηνουν A | γενεσθαι B*] γειν. Ba γιν. BbA | αει A | παν] απαν A

(531-500 B.C.)

1Es 1:31 (1Es 1:33) ταῦτα δὲ ἀναγέγραπται ἐν τῇ βύβλῳ τῶν ἱστορουμένων περὶ τῶν βασιλέων τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ τὸ καθ' ἓν πραχθὲν τῆς πράξεως Ἰωσείου καὶ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς συνέσεως αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου· τά τε πραχθέντα ὑπ' αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ νῦν ἱστόρηται ἐν τῷ βυβλίῳ τῶν βασιλέων Ἰσραὴλ καὶ Ἰούδα.

(1Es 1:33) The-ones-these then-also it-had-come-to-be-scribed-up in unto-the-one unto-a-bark of-the-ones of-being-en-accounted-unto about of-the-ones of-rulers-of of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia, and the-one down to-one having-been-practiced of-the-one of-a-practice of-an-Iôseias and of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-it and of-the-one of-a-sending-together of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-parcelee of-Authority-belonged; the-ones also having-been-practiced under of-it and the-ones now it-had-come-to-be-en-accounted-unto in unto-the-one unto-bark-belonged of-the-ones of-rulers-of of-an-Israêl and of-an-Ioudas.

1:31 βυβλω] βιβλω A | Κυριου] pr του A | πραχθεντα] προπραχθεντα Bab προσπροαχθ. A | τω βυβλιω] τη βω Α | ba| βασιλεων 2°] ε sup ras Aa (βασιλαιων A* vid)

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:32 (1Es 1:34) Καὶ ἀναλαβόντες οἱ ἐκ τοῦ ἔθνους τὸν Ἰεχονίαν υἱὸν Ἰωσείου ἀνέδειξαν βασιλέα ἀντὶ Ἰωσείου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄντα ἐτῶν εἴκοσι τριῶν.

(1Es 1:34) And having-had-taken-up, the-ones out of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to, to-the-one to-an-Iechonias to-a-son of-an-Iôseias they-en-showed-up to-a-ruler-of ever-a-one of-an-Iôseias of-the-one of-a-father of-it, to-being of-yeareednesses of-twenty of-three.

1:32 Ιεχονιαν] Ιωχαζ A

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:33 (1Es 1:35) καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν ἐν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ μῆνας τρεῖς· καὶ ἀπεκατέστησεν αὐτὸν βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεύειν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ,

(1Es 1:35) And it-rulered-of in unto-an-Israêl and unto-an-Ierousalêm to-months to-three; and it-stood-down-off to-it, a-ruler-of of-an-Aiguptos, to-ruler-of in unto-an-Ierousalêm,

1:33 Ισραηλ] Ιουδα A | απεκατεστησεν] απεστησεν A | βασιλευειν] pr του μη BcA

(500 B.C.)

1Es 1:34 (1Es 1:36) καὶ ἐζημίωσεν τὸ ἔθνος ἀργυρίου ταλάντοις ἑκατὸν καὶ χρυσίου ταλάντῳ ἑνί.

(1Es 1:36) and it-en-damage-belonged to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-a-silverlet unto-talantons unto-a-hundred and of-a-goldlet unto-a-talanton unto-one.

1:34 αργυριω Ba? b | χρυσιω Ba? b

(500-499 B.C.)

1Es 1:35 (1Es 1:37) καὶ ἀνέδειξεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου βασιλέα Ἰωακεὶμ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ βασιλέα τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ.

(1Es 1:37) And it-en-showed-up, the-one a-ruler-of of-an-Aiguptos, to-a-ruler-of to-an-Iôakeim to-the-one to-brethrened of-it to-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia and of-an-Ierousalêm.

1:35 ο βασιλευς] om ο A | Ιαωακειμ (ακειμ sup ras) Aa vid

(500-499 B.C.)

1Es 1:36 (1Es 1:38) καὶ ἔδησεν Ἰωακεὶμ τοὺς μεγιστᾶνας, Ζάριον δὲ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ συλλαβὼν ἀνήγαγεν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου.

(1Es 1:38) And it-binded, an-Iôakeim, to-the-ones to-most-greats, to-a-Zarios then-also to-the-one to-brethrened of-it having-had-taken-together it-had-led-up out of-an-Aiguptos.

1:36 Ιωκειμ A* Ιαωκ. Aa? | Ζαριον] Ζαρα|κην A

(499-489 B.C.)

1Es 1:37 (1Es 1:39) Ἐτῶν δὲ ἦν εἴκοσι πέντε Ἰωακεὶμ ὅτε ἐβασίλευσεν τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνώπιον Κυρίου.

(1Es 1:39) Of-yeareednesses then-also it-was of-twenty of-five an-Iôakeim which-also it-rulered-of of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia and of-an-Ierousalêm, and it-did-unto to-the-one to-en-necessitated to-in-look-belonged of-Authority-belonged.

1:37 Ιωακειμ] ακειμ sup ras Aa | ενωπιον] εναντι A

(496-489 B.C.)

1Es 1:38 (1Es 1:40) μετ' αὐτὸν δὲ ἀνέβη Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν χαλκείῳ δεσμῷ καὶ ἀπήγαγεν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα.

(1Es 1:40) With to-it then-also it-had-stepped-up, a-Nabouchodonosor a-ruler-of of-a-Babulôn, and it-binded to-it in unto-copper-belonged unto-a-bindee and it-had-led-off into to-a-Babulôn.

1:38 μετ] επ A | εδησεν] ηδσας A | om και 2° A

(496-489 B.C.)

1Es 1:39 (1Es 1:41) καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερῶν σκευῶν τοῦ κυρίου λαβὼν Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ καὶ ἀπενέγκας ἀπηρείσατο ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι.

(1Es 1:41) And off of-the-ones of-sacred of-equipeednesses of-the-one of-Authority-belonged having-had-taken, a-Nabouchodonosor, and having-beared-off it-propped-off in unto-the-one unto-a-temple of-it in unto-a-Babulôn.

1:39 εαυτου A

(499-489 B.C.)

1Es 1:40 (1Es 1:42) τὰ δὲ ἱστορηθέντα περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκαθαρσίας καὶ δυσσεβείας ἀναγέγραπται ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῶν χρόνων τῶν βασιλέων.

(1Es 1:42) The-ones then-also having-been-en-accounted-unto about of-it and of-the-one of-it of-an-un-cleansing-unto and of-an-onerous-revering-of it-had-come-to-be-scribed-up in unto-the-one unto-a-paperlet of-the-ones of-whiles of-the-ones of-rulers-of.

1:40 ακαθαρσιας αυτου A

(489 B.C.)

1Es 1:41 (1Es 1:43) Καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν ἀντ' αὐτοῦ Ἰωακεὶμ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ· ὅτε γὰρ ἀνεδείχθη, ἦν ἐτῶν ὀκτώ.

(1Es 1:43) And it-rulered-of ever-a-one of-it, an-Iôakeim the-one a-son of-it; which-also too-thus it-was-en-showed-up, it-was of-yeareednesses of-eight.

Note: of-eight in 03 : of-ten of-eight in 02.

1:41 ο υιος] om ο A | οκτω] pr δεκα A

(489 B.C.)

1Es 1:42 (1Es 1:44) βασιλεύει δὲ μῆνας τρεῖς καὶ ἡμέρας δέκα ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸ πονηρὸν ἔναντι Κυρίου.

(1Es 1:44) It-rulereth-of then-also to-months to-three and to-dayednesses to-ten in unto-an-Ierousalêm, and it-did-unto to-the-one to-en-necessitated in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged.

(489 B.C.)

1Es 1:43 (1Es 1:45) Καὶ μετ' ἐνιαυτὸν ἀποστείλας Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ μετήγαγεν αὐτὸν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἅμα τοῖς ἱεροῖς σκεύεσιν τοῦ κυρίου,

(1Es 1:45) And with to-a-being-in-unto-it having-set-off, a-Nabouchodonosor, it-had-led-with to-it into to-a-Babulôn along unto-the-ones unto-sacred unto-equipeednesses of-the-one of-Authority-belonged,

(488-478 B.C.)

1Es 1:44 (1Es 1:46) καὶ ἀνέδειξε Σεδεκίαν βασιλέα τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ, Σεδεκίαν ὄντα ἐτῶν εἴκοσι ἑνός· βασιλεύει δὲ ἔτη ἕνδεκα.

(1Es 1:46) and it-en-showed-up to-a-Sedekias to-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia and of-an-Ierousalêm, to-a-Sedekias to-being of-yeareednesses of-twenty of-one; it-rulereth-of then-also to-yeareednesses to-one-ten.

1:44 ανεδειξεν A | βασιλευει] εβασιλευσεν A

(488-478 B.C.)

1Es 1:45 (1Es 1:47) καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνώπιον Κυρίου, καὶ οὐκ ἐνετράπη ἀπὸ τῶν ῥηθέντων λόγων ὑπὸ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου ἐκ στόματος τοῦ κυρίου.

(1Es 1:47) And it-did-unto to-the-one to-en-necessitated to-in-look-belonged of-Authority-belonged, and not it-had-been-turned-in off of-the-ones of-having-been-uttered of-forthees under of-an-Ieremias of-the-one of-a-declarer-before out of-a-becutteeing-to of-the-one of-Authority-belonged.

1:45 πηνηρον B* (πον. Bb)

(488-478 B.C.)

1Es 1:46 (1Es 1:48) καὶ ὁρκισθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου, ἐφιορκήσας ἀπέστη, καὶ σκληρύνας αὐτοῦ τὸν τράχηλον καὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ παρέβη τὰ νόμιμα Κυρίου θεοῦ Ἰσραήλ.

(1Es 1:48) And having-been-fenceed-to off of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-a-Nabouchodonosor unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, having-fenceed-upon-unto it-had-stood-off, and having-stiffened of-it to-the-one to-a-throat and to-the-one to-a-heart of-it, it-had-stepped-beside to-the-ones to-parcelee-belonged-unto of-Authority-belonged of-a-Deity of-an-Israêl.

1:46 επιορκησας BabA | αυτου] εαυτου A (bis)

(488-478 B.C.)

1Es 1:47 (1Es 1:49) καὶ οἱ ἡγούμενοι δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τῶν ἱερέων πολλὰ ἠσέβησαν καὶ ἠνόμησαν ὑπὲρ πάσας τὰς ἀκαθαρσίας πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν, καὶ ἐμίαναν τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ κυρίου τὸ ἁγιαζόμενον ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

(1Es 1:49) And the-ones leading-unto then-also of-the-one of-a-people and of-the-ones of-sacreders-of to-much they-un-revered-unto and they-un-parceleed-unto over to-all to-the-ones to-un-cleansings-unto of-all of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to, and they-stain-belonged to-the-one to-sacred of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-the-one to-being-hallow-belonged-to in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

1:47 ησεβησαν και ηνομ.] ηρομησαν και παρεβησαν A | αγιαζομενον] αγιασθεν A | Ιερουσαλημ] Ιεροσολυμοις A

(488-478 B.C.)

1Es 1:48 (1Es 1:50) καὶ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν πατέρων αὐτῶν διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου αὐτοῦ μετακαλέσαι αὐτούς, καθὸ ἐφείδετο αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦ σκηνώματος αὐτοῦ.

(1Es 1:50) And it-set-off, the-one a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-fathers of-them, through of-the-one of-a-leadeeer of-it to-have-called-with-unto to-them, down-to-which it-was-sparing of-them and of-the-one of-an-en-tenting-to of-it.

Note: a-ruler-of in 03 : a-Deity in 02 03C1 03C2.

1:48 βασιλευς] θς Bab mgA | αυτου] εαυτου A (bis) | καθοτι A

(488-478 B.C.)

1Es 1:49 (1Es 1:51) αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐμυκτήρισαν ἐν τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος, ἦσαν ἐκπαίζοντες τοὺς προφήτας αὐτοῦ· (1Es 1:52) ἕως τοῦ θυμῶντα αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ διὰ τὰ δυσσεβήματα προστάξαι ἀναβιβάσαι ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τοὺς βασιλεῖς τῶν Χαλδαίων.

(1Es 1:51) Them then-also they-snouted-to in unto-the-ones unto-leadeeers of-it, and unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged, they-were childing-out-to to-the-ones to-declarers-before of-it; (1Es 1:52) unto-if-which of-which to-en-passioning to-it upon unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it through to-the-ones to-onerous-reverings-to to-have-arranged-toward to-have-up-step-stepped-to upon to-them to-the-ones to-rulers-of of-the-ones of-Chaldee-belonged.

1:49 εμυκτηρισαν] εξεμυκτηριζον A | ου] του A | θυμωντα] θυμωθεντα A | αυτου 3°] εαυτου A

(488-478 B.C.)

1Es 1:50 (1Es 1:53) οὗτοι ἀπέκτειναν τοὺς νεανίσκους αὐτῶν ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ περικύκλῳ τοῦ ἁγίου ἱεροῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐφείσαντο νεανίσκου καὶ παρθένου καὶ πρεσβύτου καὶ νεωτέρου, ἀλλὰ πάντας παρέδωκεν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν,

(1Es 1:53) The-ones-these they-killed-off to-the-ones to-new-belongings-of of-them in unto-a-sabre unto-circled-about of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-sacred, and not they-spared of-a-new-belonging-of and of-a-maiden and of-a-more-elder and of-more-new, other to-all they-gave-beside into to-the-ones to-hands of-them,

1:50 αγιου] + αυτων A | νεωτερου] + αυτων A | παντα A | παρεδωκεν A

(478 B.C.)

1Es 1:51 (1Es 1:54) καὶ πάντα τὰ ἱερὰ σκεύη τοῦ κυρίου, τὰ μεγάλα καὶ τὰ μικρά, καὶ τὰς κιβωτοὺς τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τὰς βασιλικὰς ἀποθήκας ἀναλαβόντες ἀπήνεγκαν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα.

(1Es 1:54) and to-all to-the-ones to-sacred to-equipeednesses of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, to-the-ones to-great and to-the-ones to-small, and to-the-ones to-boxes of-the-one of-Authority-belonged and to-the-ones to-ruler-belonged-of to-placements-off having-had-taken-up they-beared-off into to-a-Babulôn.

1:51 ιερεα B* (ιερα BbA) | τας κιβωτους] τα σκευη κιβωτου A

(478 B.C.)

1Es 1:52 (1Es 1:55) καὶ ἐνεπύρισαν τὸν οἶκον τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἔλυσαν τὰ τείχη Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ τοὺς πύργους αὐτῆς ἐνεπύρισαν ἐν πυρί,

(1Es 1:55) And they-fired-in-to to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, and they-loosed to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses of-an-Ierousalêm, and to-the-ones to-towers of-it they-fired-in-to in unto-a-fire,

1:52 του κυριου] om του A | αυτης] αυτων A

(478-426 B.C.)

1Es 1:53 (1Es 1:56) καὶ συνετέλεσαν πάντα τὰ ἔνδοξα αὐτῆς ἀχρεῶσαι· καὶ τοὺς ἐπιλοίπους ἀπήγαγεν μετὰ ῥομφαίας εἰς Βαβυλῶνα.

(1Es 1:56) and they-finished-together-unto to-all to-the-ones to-reckoned-in of-it to-have-en-un-afford-belonged; and to-the-ones to-remaindered-upon it-had-led-off with of-a-sabre into to-a-Babulôn.

1:53 αχρειωσαι BabA | μετα] απο A

(478-426 B.C.)

1Es 1:54 (1Es 1:57) καὶ ἦσαν παῖδες αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ μέχρι οὗ βασιλεῦσαι Πέρσας, εἰς ἀναπλήρωσιν τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ κυρίου ἐν στόματι Ἰερεμίου

(1Es 1:57) And they-were children unto-it and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-it unto-lest-whilst of-which to-have-rulered-of to-Persians, into to-an-en-filling-up of-the-one of-an-uttering-to of-the-one of-Authority-belonged in unto-a-becutteeing-to of-an-Ieremias,

1:54 μεχρι ου] μεχρις ου Bab μεχρι του A | του ρηματος του κυριου] λογου κυ̅ A

(496-426 B.C.)

1Es 1:55 (1Es 1:58) Ἕως τοῦ εὐδοκῆσαι τὴν γῆν τὰ σάββατα αὐτῆς, πάντα τὸν χρόνον τῆς ἐρημώσεως αὐτῆς σαββατιεῖ εἰς συνπλήρωσιν ἐτῶν ἑβδομήκοντα.

(1Es 1:58) Unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-goodly-thought-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-ones to-sabbaths of-it, to-all to-the-one to-a-while of-the-one of-an-en-solituding of-it it-shall-sabbath-to into to-an-en-filling-together of-yeareednesses of-seventy.

1:55 συμπληρωσιν BbA

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:1 Βασιλεύοντος Κύρου Περσῶν ἔτους πρώτου, εἰς συντέλειαν ῥήματος Κυρίου ἐν στόματι Ἰερεμίου,

Of-rulering-of of-a-Kuros of-Persians of-a-yeareedness of-most-before, into to-a-finishing-together-of of-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged in unto-a-becutteeing-to of-an-Ieremias,

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:2 ἤγειρεν Κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα Κύρου βασιλέως Περσῶν, καὶ ἐκήρυξεν ὅλῃ τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἅμα διὰ γραπτῶν λέγων

it-roused, Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-a-currenting-to of-a-Kuros of-a-ruler-of of-Persians, and it-heraldered unto-whole unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-it and along through of-scribed forthing,

2:2 ολη] pr εν A | αυτου] εαυτου A

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:3 Τάδε λέγει ὁ βασιλεὺς Περσῶν Κῦρος Ἐμὲ ἀνέδειξεν βασιλέα τῆς οἰκουμένης ὁ κύριος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ ὕψιστος,

To-the-ones-then-also it-fortheth, the-one a-ruler-of of-Persians a-Kuros, To-ME it-en-showed-up to-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-being-housed-unto, the-one Authority-belonged of-the-one of-an-Israêl, Authority-belonged the-one most-lofteed,

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:4 καὶ ἐσήμηνέν μοι οἰκοδομῆσαι αὐτῷ οἶκον ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῇ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ.

and it-signified unto-me to-have-house-built-unto unto-it to-a-house in unto-an-Ierousalêm unto-the-one in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia.

2:4 αυτω] εαυτω A

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:5 εἴ τίς ἐστιν οὖν ὑμῶν ἐκ τοῦ ἔθνους αὐτοῦ, ἔστω ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναβὰς εἰς τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τὴν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ οἰκοδομείτω τὸν οἶκον τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ Ἰσραήλ· οὗτος ὁ κύριος ὁ κατασκηνώσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

If a-one it-be accordingly of-ye out of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it, it-should-be the-one Authority-belonged of-it with of-it, and having-had-stepped-up into to-the-one to-an-Ierousalêm to-the-one in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia it-should-house-build-unto to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-the-one of-an-Israêl; the-one-this the-one Authority-belonged the-one having-en-tented-down in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

2:5 ο κυριος 1°] + κς̅ A | του κυριου] om του A

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:6 ὅσοι οὖν κατὰ τοὺς τόπους οἰκοῦσιν, βοηθείτωσαν αὐτῷ οἱ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ αὐτοῦ ἐν χρυσίῳ καὶ ἐν ἀργυρίῳ (1Es 2:7) καὶ ἐν δόσεσιν, μεθ' ἵππων καὶ κτηνῶν, σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς κατ' εὐχὰς προστεθειμένοις εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ κυρίου τὸ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

Which-a-which accordingly down to-the-ones to-occasions they-houseth-unto, they-should-holler-run-unto unto-it, the-ones in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion of-it in unto-a-goldlet and in unto-a-silverlet (1Es 2:7) and in unto-givings, with of-horses and of-befoundeednesses, together unto-the-ones unto-other unto-the-ones down to-goodly-holdings unto-having-had-come-to-be-placed-toward into to-the-one to-sacred of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

Note: of-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

2:6 τους τοπους] om τους A | om και 2° A

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:7 (1Es 2:8) Καὶ κατασήσαντες οἱ ἀρχίφυλοι τῶν πατριῶν τῆς Ἰούδα καὶ Βενιαμεὶν φυλῆς, καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται, καὶ πάντων ὧν ἤγειρεν Κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἀναβῆναι οἰκοδομῆσαι οἶκον τῷ κυρίῳ τὸν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ·

(1Es 2:8) And having-stood-down, the-ones firsts-of-tribes of-the-ones of-fatherings-unto of-the-one of-an-Ioudas and of-a-Beniamein of-a-tribing, and the-ones sacreders-of and the-ones Leuei-belongers, and of-all of-which it-roused, Authority-belonged, to-the-one to-a-currenting-to to-have-had-stepped-up to-have-house-built-unto to-a-house unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm;

2:7 καταστησαντες] κατασταντες A | αρχιφιλοι A* vid (αρχιφυλ. A?)

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:8 καὶ οἱ περικύκλῳ αὐτῶν (1Es 2:9) ἐβοήθησαν ἐν πᾶσιν, ἐν ἀργυρίῳ καὶ χρυσίῳ, ἵπποις, κτήνεσιν καὶ εὐχαῖς ὡς πλείσταις πολλῶν ὧν ὁ νοῦς ἠγέρθη.

and the-ones unto-circled-about of-them (1Es 2:9) they-holler-ran-unto in unto-all, in unto-a-silverlet and unto-a-goldlet, unto-horses, unto-befoundeednesses and unto-goodly-holdings as unto-most-beyond of-much of-which the-one an-en-mulling-of it-was-roused.

Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

2:8 om εν 2° A | κτηνεσιν] pr και A | ως] ως ταις A* vid ωσται A?

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:9 (1Es 2:10) καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Κῦρος ἐξήνεγκεν τὰ ἅγια σκεύη τοῦ κυρίου, ἃ μετήγαγεν Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ ἐξ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἀπηρείσατο αὐτὰ ἐν τῷ εἰδωλίῳ αὐτοῦ.

(1Es 2:10) And the-one a-ruler-of a-Kuros it-beared-out to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged to-equipeednesses of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, to-which it-had-led-with, a-Nabouchodonosor, out of-an-Ierousalêm and it-propped-off to-them in unto-the-one unto-an-imagelet of-it.

2:9 αγια] ιερα A | μετηγαηεν] μετηνεγ|κεν A | ειδωλιω αυτου] εαυτου ειδ. A

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:10 (1Es 2:11) ἐξενέγκας δὲ αὐτὰ Κῦρος ὁ βασιλεὺς Περσῶν παρέδωκεν αὐτὰ Μιθριδάτῃ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ γαζοφύλακι·

(1Es 2:11) Having-beared-out then-also to-them, a-Kuros the-one a-ruler-of of-Persians, it-gave-beside to-them unto-a-Mithridatês unto-the-one of-self unto-a-treasure-guarder;

2:10 Μιθριδατη A (ατ sup ras Aa) | γαζοφυλακι] αζ sup ras Aa

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:11 (1Es 2:12) διὰ δὲ τούτου παρεδόθησαν Σαναμασσάρῳ προστάτῃ τῆς Ἰουδαίας.

(1Es 2:12) through then-also of-the-one-this they-were-given-beside unto-a-Sanamassaros unto-a-stander-before of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia.

2:11 Σαναβασσαρω (αναβ sup ras) Aa | προστατη] pr τω A

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:12 (1Es 2:13) ὁ δὲ τούτων ἀριθμὸς ἦν, σπονδεῖα χρυσᾶ χίλια, σπονδεῖα ἀργυρᾶ χίλια, θυίσκαι ἀργυραῖ εἴκοσι ἐννέα, φιάλαι χρυσαῖ τριάκοντα, ἀργυραῖ ´Βυ´ δέκα, καὶ ἄλλα σκεύη χίλια.

(1Es 2:13) The-one then-also of-the-ones-these a-number it-was, libationlets golden thousand, libationlets silvern thousand, censerings silvern twenty nine, bowls golden thirty, silvern two-thousand four-hundred ten, and other equipeednesses thousand.

2:12 σπονδεια 1°] σπονδια B* (-δεια Bab) | σπονδεια 2° (-δια A)] pr και A | χρυσεαι A | ²βυÆ ] δισχιλιαι τετρα|κοσιαι A

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:13 (1Es 2:14) τὰ δὲ πάντα σκεύη ἐκομίσθη, χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, πεντακισχίλια τετρακόσια ἑξήκοντα ἐννέα·

(1Es 2:14) The-ones then-also all equipeednesses it-was-tended-to, golden and silvern, five-oft-thousand four-hundred sixty nine;

2:13 εκομισθη] διεκομισθη A

(426 B.C.)

1Es 2:14 (1Es 2:15) ἀνηνέχθη δὲ ὑπὸ Σαμανασσάρου ἅμα τοῖς ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ.

(1Es 2:15) it-was-beared-up then-also under of-a-Samanassaros along unto-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto out of-a-Babulôn into to-an-Ierousalêm.

2:14 ανηνεχθη] η 1° sup ras Aa | Σαμαβασσαρου A | Ιεροσολυμα A

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:15 (1Es 2:16) Ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἐπὶ Ἀρταξέρξου τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως χρόνοις κατέγραψεν αὐτῶν κατὰ τῶν κατοικούντων ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ Βήλεμος καὶ Μιθραδάτης καὶ Ταβέλλιος καὶ Ῥάθυμος καὶ Βεέλτεθμος καὶ Σαμέλλιος ὁ γραμματεὺς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ τούτοις συντασσόμενοι, οἰκοῦντες δὲ ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τόποις, τὴν ὑπογεγραμμένην ἐπιστολήν

(1Es 2:16) In then-also unto-the-ones upon of-an-Artaxerxês of-the-one of-Persians of-a-ruler-of unto-whiles it-scribed-down of-them down of-the-ones of-housing-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia and unto-an-Ierousalêm, a-Bêlemos and a-Mithradatês and a-Tabellios and a-Rathumos and a-Beeltethmos and a-Samellios the-ones a-scribing-toer-of and the-ones remaindered the-ones unto-the-ones-these being-arranged-together, housing-unto then-also in unto-a-Samareia and unto-the-ones unto-other unto-occasions, to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed-under to-a-seteeing-upon.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : an appellative for Persian kings; these events occurred in the 2nd yeareedness of Cyrus; see Ezr_4:7-8; see table in Ezr_1:1.

2:15 Αρταρξερξου A | αυτων] αυτω A | Μιθραδατης B*Aa] Μιθριδ. BabA* vid | Ραθυμος και Βεελτεθμος] Ραθυος και Βα|ελτεθμος (ος και Βα sup ras) Aa | Σεμελλιος A | οικουντες pr οι A οικο sup ras Aa

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:16 Βασιλεῖ Ἀρταξέρξῃ (1Es 2:17) κυρίῳ οἱ παῖδές σου Ῥάθυμος ὁ τὰ προσπίπτοντα καὶ Σαμέλλιος ὁ γραμματεὺς καὶ οἱ ἐπίλοιποι τῆς βουλῆς αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ ἐν κοίλῃ Συρίᾳ καὶ Φοινίκῃ.

Unto-a-ruler-of unto-an-Artaxerxês (1Es 2:17) unto-authority-belonged the-ones children of-thee a-Rathumos the-one to-the-ones to-falling-toward and a-Samellios the-one a-scribing-toer-of and the-ones remaindered-upon of-the-one of-a-purposing of-them and the-ones in unto-hollowed unto-a-Syria and unto-a-Foinikê.

Note: unto-an-Artaxerxês : an appellative for Persian kings; these events occurred in the 2nd yeareedness of Cyrus; see Ezr_4:7-8; see table in Ezr_1:1.

2:16 Αρταρξερξη A | Σαμελλιος] Σεβελλιος A | οι 3°] pr κραταιοι A

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:17 (1Es 2:18) καὶ νῦν γνωστὸν ἔστω τῷ κυρίῳ βασιλεῖ διότι Ἰουδαῖοι ἀναβάντες παρ' ὑμῶν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ἐλθόντες εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἀποστάτιν καὶ πονηρὰν οἰκοῦσιν, τάς τε ἀγορὰς αὐτῆς καὶ τὰ τείχη θεραπεύουσιν καὶ ναὸν ὑποβάλλονται.

(1Es 2:18) And now acquaintable it-should-be unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged unto-a-ruler-of to-which-a-one Iouda-belonged having-had-stepped-up beside of-ye toward to-us, having-had-came into to-an-Ierousalêm, to-the-one to-a-city to-the-one to-a-standress-off and to-en-necessitated they-houseth-unto, to-the-ones also to-lead-alongednesses of-it and to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses they-minister-of and to-a-temple they-casteth-under.

2:17 κυριω] + μου A | οτι] διοτι A | Ιουδαιοι] pr οι A

πονηραν] pr την A | οικουσιν] οικοδομουσιν Ba (οικοδομους Bb?) A

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:18 (1Es 2:19) ἐὰν οὖν ἡ πόλις αὕτη οἰκοδομηθῇ καὶ τὰ τείχη συντελεσθῇ, φορολογίαν οὐ μὴ ὑπομείνωσιν δοῦναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ βασιλεῦσιν ἀντιστήσονται· (1Es 2:20) καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐνεργεῖται τὰ κατὰ τὸν ναόν, καλῶς ἔχειν ὑπολαμβάνομεν μὴ ὑπεριδεῖν τὸ τοιοῦτο (1Es 2:21) ἀλλὰ προσφωνῆσαι τῷ κυρίῳ βασιλεῖ ὅπως, ἂν φαίνηταί σοι, ἐπισκεφθῇ ἐν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν πατέρων σου βιβλίοις.

(1Es 2:19) If-ever accordingly the-one a-city the-one-this it-might-have-been-house-built-unto and the-ones lineationeednesses it-might-have-been-finished-together-unto, to-a-bearee-fortheeing-unto not lest they-might-have-stayed-under to-have-had-given, other and unto-rulers-of they-shall-ever-a-one-stand; (1Es 2:20) and upon-if it-be-worked-in the-ones down to-the-one to-a-temple, unto-seemly to-hold we-take-under lest to-have-had-seen-over to-the-one to-the-one-unto-the-one-this (1Es 2:21) other to-have-sounded-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged unto-a-ruler-of unto-which-whither, ever it-might-be-manifested unto-thee, it-might-have-been-scouted-upon in unto-the-ones off of-the-ones of-fathers of-thee unto-paperlets.

2:18 επι B* (επει Bab) | υπερδειν B* (υπεριδειν B?) | το τοιουτο] om το A | αν] εαν A | φανηται A

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:19 (1Es 2:22) καὶ εὑρήσεις ἐν τοῖς ὑπομνηματισμοῖς τὰ γεγραμμένα περὶ τούτων, καὶ γνώσῃ ὅτι ἡ πόλις ἦν ἐκείνη ἀποστάτις καὶ βασιλεῖς καὶ πόλεις ἐνοχλοῦσα, (1Es 2:23) καὶ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποστάται καὶ πολιορκίας συνεσταμένοι ἐν αὐτῇ ἔτι ἐξ αἰῶνος, δι' ἣν αἰτίαν ἡ πόλις αὕτη ἠρημώθη.

(1Es 2:22) And thou-shall-find in unto-the-ones unto-memoryings-under-to-of to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed about of-the-ones-these, and thou-shall-acquaint to-which-a-one the-one a-city it-was the-one-thither a-standress-off and to-rulers-of and to-cities crowding-in-unto, (1Es 2:23) and the-ones Iouda-belonged standers-off and to-city-fenceeings-unto having-had-come-to-stand-together in unto-it if-to-a-one out of-an-age, through to-which to-an-appealing-unto the-one a-city the-one-this it-was-en-solituted.

2:19 υπομνηματισμοις] υπομνημασιν A | αποστατις] απ sup ras Aa | συνεσταμενοι Bab (σενετ. B*)] συνισταμενοι A | η πολις 2°] pr και A

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:20 (1Es 2:24) νῦν οὖν ὑποδείκνυμέν σοι, κύριε βασιλεῦ, διότι ἐὰν ἡ πόλις αὕτη οἰκοδομηθῇ καὶ τὰ ταύτης τείχη ἀνασταθῇ, ἔξοδός σοι οὐκέτι ἔσται εἰς κοίλην Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην.

(1Es 2:24) Now accordingly we-en-show-under unto-thee, Authority-belonged Ruler-of, through-to-which-a-one if-ever the-one a-city the-one-this it-might-have-been-house-built-unto and the-ones of-the-one-this lineationeednesses it-might-have-been-stood-up, a-way-out unto-thee not-if-to-a-one it-shall-be into to-hollowed to-a-Suria and to-a-Foinikê.

2:20 υποδικνυμεν A | οτι] διοτι A | εξοδος] καθοδος A | ουκετι σοι A | Φοινεικ. B* (Φοινικ. Bb: item 21, 23)

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:21 (1Es 2:25) τότε ἀντέγραψεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ῥαθύμῳ τῷ γράφοντι τὰ προσπίπτοντα καὶ Βεελτέθμῳ καὶ Σαμελλίῳ γραμματεῖ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς συντασσομένοις καὶ οἰκοῦσιν ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ καὶ Συρίᾳ καὶ Φοινίκῃ τὰ ὑπογεγραμμένα

(1Es 2:25) To-the-one-which-also it-ever-a-one-scribed, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-a-Rathumos unto-the-one unto-scribing to-the-ones to-falling-toward and unto-a-Beeltethmos and unto-a-Samellios unto-a-scribing-toer-of and unto-the-ones unto-remaindered unto-the-ones unto-being-arranged-together and unto-housing-unto in unto-a-Samareia and unto-a-Suria and unto-a-Foinikê to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed-under,

2:21 Βεελτεμωθ’ A | συντασσομενοις] ο 1° sup ras Aa | Σαμαρεια] pr τη A | om και Συρια A

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:22 (1Es 2:25) Ἀνέγνων τὴν ἐπιστολήν ἣν πεπόμφατε πρὸς μέ. (1Es 2:26) ἐπέταξα οὖν ἐπισκέψασθαι· καὶ εὑρέθη ὅτι ἐστὶν ἡ πόλις ἐκείνη ἐξ αἰῶνος βασιλεῦσιν ἀντιπαρατάσσουσα,

(1Es 2:25) I-had-acquainted-up to-the-one to-a-seteeing-upon to-which ye-had-come-to-volley toward to-me. (1Es 2:26) I-arranged-upon accordingly to-have-scouted-upon; and it-was-found to-which-a-one it-be the-one a-city the-one-thither out of-an-age unto-rulers-of ever-a-one-arranging-beside,

2:22 επεταξα] επαταξα B*A* (επετ. BabAa?) | ηυρεθη A | αντιπαρατασσ.] ι sup ras Aa

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:23 (1Es 2:26) καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀποστάσεις καὶ πολέμους ἐν αὐτῇ συντελοῦντες, (1Es 2:27) καὶ βασιλεῖς ἰσχυροὶ καὶ σκληροὶ ἦσαν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ κυριεύοντες καὶ φορολογοῦντες κοίλην Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην.

(1Es 2:26) and the-ones mankinds to-standings-off and to-wars in unto-it finishing-together-unto, (1Es 2:27) and rulers-of force-held and stiffened they-were in unto-an-Ierousalêm authority-belonging-of and bearee-fortheeing-unto to-hollowed to-a-Suria and to-a-Foinikê.

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:24 (1Es 2:28) νῦν οὖν ἐπέταξα ἀποκωλῦσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι τὴν πόλιν, καὶ προνοηθῆναι ὅπως μηθὲν παρὰ ταῦτα γένηται (1Es 2:29) καὶ μὴ προβῇ ἐπὶ πλεῖον τὰ τῆς κακίας εἰς τὸ βασιλεῖς ἐνοχλῆσαι.

(1Es 2:28) Now accordingly I-arranged-upon to-have-prevented-off to-the-ones to-mankinds to-the-ones-thither of-the-one to-have-house-built-unto to-the-one to-a-city, and to-have-been-en-mulled-before-unto unto-which-whither to-lest-from-one beside to-the-ones-these it-might-have-had-became (1Es 2:29) and lest it-might-have-had-stepped-before upon to-more-beyond to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-wedge-wedging-unto into to-the-one to-rulers-of to-have-crowded-in-unto.

2:24 om ουν A | επεταξα BabA] επαταξα B* | μηθεν] μηδεν A | εις] μηδεν A | εις το] επι τω A | ενοχλησαι] ενοχλισθαι A

(425 B.C.)

1Es 2:25 (1Es 2:30) τότε ἀναγνωσθέντων τῶν παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀρταξέρξου γραφέντων ὁ Ῥάθυμος καὶ Σαμέλλιος ὁ γραμματεὺς καὶ οἱ τούτοις συντασσόμενοι, ἀναζεύξαντες κατὰ σπουδὴν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ μεθ' ἵππου καὶ ὄχλου παρατάξεως, (1Es 2:31) ἤρξαντο κωλύειν τοὺς οἰκοδομοῦντας· καὶ ἤργει ἡ οἰκοδομὴ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ μέχρι τοῦ δευτέρου ἔτους τῆς βασιλείας Δαρείου τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως.

(1Es 2:30) To-the-one-which-also of-having-been-acquainted-up of-the-ones beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-an-Artaxerxês of-having-been-scribed the-one a-Rathumos and a-Samellios the-one a-scribing-toer-of and the-ones unto-the-ones-these being-arranged-together, having-en-coupled-up down to-a-hasteneeing into to-an-Ierousalêm with of-a-horse and of-a-crowd of-an-arranging-beside, (1Es 2:31) they-firsted to-prevent to-the-ones to-house-building-unto; and it-was-un-working-unto, the-one a-house-building of-the-one of-sacred of-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm, unto-lest-whilst of-the-one of-second of-a-yeareedness of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-a-Dareios of-the-one of-Persians of-a-ruler-of.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : an appellative for Persian kings; these events occurred in the 2nd yeareedness of Cyrus; see Ezr_4:7-8; see table in Ezr_1:1.

Note: of-a-Dareios : Darius Hystaspis; see Ezr_4:7-8; see table in Ezr_1:1.

2:25 Αρταρξερξου A | Σεμελλιος A | εις Ιλ̅η̅μ̅ κατα σπουδην A | μεθ] μετ A | Δαριου B*A (Δαρειου Ba? b)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:1 Καὶ βασιλεὺς Δαρεῖος ἐποίησεν δοχὴν μεγάλην πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτόν, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς οἰκογενέσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν τῆς Μηδείας καὶ τῆς Περσίδος,

And a-ruler-of a-Dareios it-did-unto to-a-receiving to-great unto-all unto-the-ones under to-it, and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-house-becominged of-it, and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-most-greats of-the-one of-a-Mêdeia and of-the-one of-a-Persis,

Note: a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

3:1 Δαριος B*A (Δαρειος Ba? b) | Μηδιας A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:2 καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς σατράπαις καὶ στρατηγοῖς καὶ τοπάρχαις τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰνδικῆς μέχρι Αἰθιοπίας ἐν ταῖς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ σατραπείαις.

and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-provincers and unto-amass-leaders and unto-occasion-firsters unto-the-ones under to-it off of-the-one of-an-Indikê unto-lest-whilst of-an-Aithiopia in unto-the-ones unto-a-hundred unto-twenty unto-seven unto-provincings-of.

3:2 υπ αυτον] μετ αυτων A | Αιθιοπιας Bb ( Αιθιοπιαις B*)] pr της A | σατραπιαις BbA

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:3 καὶ ἐφάγοσαν καὶ ἐπίοσαν, καὶ ἐμπλησθέντες ἀνέλυσαν· ὁ δὲ Δαρεῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀνέλυσεν εἰς τὸν κοιτῶνα καὶ ἐκοιμήθη, καὶ ἔξυπνος ἐγένετο.

And they-hath-had-devoured and they-hath-had-drank, and having-been-repleted-in they-loosed-up; the-one then-also a-Dareios the-one a-ruler-of it-loosed-up into to-the-one to-a-situating-of and it-was-situateed-unto, and slept-out it-had-became.

Note: a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

3:3 και 1°] + οτε A | εφαγον A | επιον A | ο δε] τοτε A | Δαριος A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:4 τότε οἱ τρεῖς νεανίσκοι οἱ σωματοφύλακες, οἱ φυλάσσοντες τὸ σῶμα τοῦ βασιλέως, εἶπαν ἕτερος πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον

To-the-one-which-also the-ones three new-belongings-of the-ones en-capsuling-to-guarders, the-ones guardering to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, they-said different toward to-the-one to-different,

3:4 προς τον ετερον] τω ετερω A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:5 Εἴπωμεν ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ἕνα λόγον ὃς ὑπερισχύσει· καὶ οὗ ἂν φανῇ τὸ ῥῆμα αὐτοῦ σοφώτερον τοῦ ἑτέρου, δώσει αὐτῷ Δαρεῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς δωρεὰς μεγάλας καὶ ἐπινίκια μεγάλα,

We-might-have-had-said each of-us to-one to-a-forthee which it-shall-force-hold-over; and of-which ever it-might-have-had-been-manifested the-one an-uttering-to of-it to-more-wisdomed of-the-one of-different, it-shall-give unto-it, a-Dareios the-one a-ruler-of, to-giftedesses to-great and to-mull-belonging-of-belonged-upon to-great,

Note: a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

3:5 αν] εαν A | αυδω B* (αυτω BabA)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:6 καὶ πορφύραν περιβαλέσθαι καὶ ἐν χρυσώμασιν πίνειν καὶ ἐπὶ χρυσῷ καθεύδειν καὶ ἅρμα χρυσοχάλινον καὶ κίδαριν βυσσίνην καὶ μανιάκην περὶ τὸν τράχηλον,

and to-a-flushedness to-have-had-casted-about and in unto-en-goldings-to to-drink and upon unto-a-gold to-rest-down and to-a-lifting-along-to to-gold-bridled and to-a-turban to-linened-belonged-to and to-a-torc about to-the-one to-a-throat,

Note: to-a-flushedness : used to refer to a kind of mussel from the blueish-red dye it yields because of its flush of color visual affect, and to the dye itself; also used of clothing and adornments as assigned to the flushed color category, i.e. bright red to blueish-red.

Note: to-a-torc : a rigid neck ring often with a gap, bent on.

3:6 τραχηλον] + αυτου A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:7 καὶ δεύτερος καθιεῖται Δαρείου διὰ τὴν σοφίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ συγγενὴς Δαρείου κληθήσεται.

and second it-shall-sit-down-to of-a-Dareios through to-the-one to-a-wisdoming-unto of-it, and together-becominged of-a-Dareios it-shall-be-called-unto.

Note: of-a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

3:7 αυτου] εαυτου A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:8 καὶ τότε γράψαντες ἕκαστος τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόγον ἐσφραγίσαντο καὶ ἔθηκαν ὑπὸ τὸ προσκεφάλαιον Δαρείου τοῦ βασιλέως, (1Es 3:9) καὶ εἶπαν

And to-the-one-which-also having-scribed each to-the-one of-self to-a-forthee they-sealed-to and they-placed under to-the-one to-a-headlet-toward of-a-Dareios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, (1Es 3:9) and they-said,

Note: of-a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:9 Ὅταν ἐγερθῇ ὁ βασιλεύς, δώσουσιν αὐτῷ τὸ γράμμα· καὶ ὃν ἂν κρίνῃ ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ οἱ τρεῖς μεγιστᾶνες τῆς Περσίδος ὅτι οὗ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ σοφώτερος, αὐτῷ δοθήσεται τὸ νῖκος, καθὼς γέγραπται.

Which-also-ever it-might-have-been-roused the-one a-ruler-of, they-shall-give unto-it to-the-one to-a-scribing-to; and to-which ever it-might-separate, the-one a-ruler-of and the-ones three most-greats of-the-one of-a-Persis, to-which-a-one of-which the-one a-forthee of-it more-wisdomed, unto-it it-shall-be-given the-one a-mull-belongeedness-of, down-as it-had-come-to-be-scribed.

3:9 om αν A | om ου A | νικος] νικημα A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:10 ὁ εἷς ἔγραψεν Ὑπερισχύει ὁ οἶνος.

The-one one it-scribed, It-force-holdeth-over, the-one a-wine.

3:10 ο εις A1] οις A*

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:11 ὁ ἕτερος ἔγραψεν Ὑπερισχύει ὁ βασιλεύς.

The-one different it-scribed, It-force-holdeth-over, the-one a-ruler-of.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:12 ὁ τρίτος ἔγραψεν Ὑπερισχύουσιν αἱ γυναῖκες, ὑπὲρ δὲ πάντα νικᾷ ἡ ἀλήθεια.

The-one third it-scribed, They-force-holdeth-over, the-ones women, over then-also to-all it-mull-belongeth-of-unto, the-one an-un-secluding-of.

3:12 ο τριτος Bab (οτι τρ. B*)] ο αλλος A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:13 καὶ ὅτε ἐξηγέρθη ὁ βασιλεύς, λαβόντες τὸ γράμμα ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀνέγνω.

And which-also it-was-roused-out, the-one a-ruler-of, having-had-taken to-the-one to-a-scribing-to they-gave unto-it and it-had-acquainted-up.

3:13 εδωκαν] επεδωκαν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:14 καὶ ἐξαποστείλας ἐκάλεσεν πάντας τοὺς μεγιστᾶνας τῆς Περσίδος καὶ τῆς Μηδείας καὶ σατράπας καὶ στρατηγοὺς καὶ τοπάρχας καὶ ὑπάτους, (1Es 3:15) καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐν τῷ χρηματιστηρίῳ, καὶ ἀνεγνώσθη τὸ γράμμα ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν.

And having-set-off-out it-called-unto to-all to-the-ones to-most-greats of-the-one of-a-Persis and of-the-one of-a-Mêdeia and to-provincers and to-amass-leaders and to-occasion-firsters and to-most-over, (1Es 3:15) and it-sat-down-to in unto-the-one unto-an-afforderlet, and it-was-acquainted-up the-one a-scribing-to to-in-look-belonged of-them.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:15 καὶ εἶπεν Καλέσατε τοὺς νεανίσκους, καὶ αὐτοὶ δηλώσουσιν τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐκλήθησαν, καὶ εἰσήλθοσαν.

And it-had-said, Ye-should-have-called-unto to-the-ones to-new-belongings-of, and them they-shall-en-distinct to-the-ones to-forthees of-them; and they-were-called-unto, and they-hath-had-came-into.

3:15 δηλουσουσιν A | αυτων] εαυτων A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:16 καὶ εἶπαν αὐτοῖς Ἀπαγγείλατε ἡμῖν περὶ τῶν γεγραμμένων. (1Es 3:17) Καὶ ἤρξατο ὁ πρῶτος ὁ εἴπας περὶ τῆς ἰσχύος τοῦ οἴνου, (1Es 3:18) καὶ ἔφη οὕτως

And they-said unto-them, Ye-should-have-leadeeered-off unto-us about of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-scribed. (1Es 3:17) And it-firsted, the-one most-before, the-one having-said about of-the-one of-a-force-holding of-the-one of-a-wine, (1Es 3:18) and it-was-declaring unto-the-one-this,

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:17 Ἄνδρες, πῶς ὑπερισχύει ὁ οἶνος. πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς πίνοντας αὐτὸν πλανᾷ τὴν διάνοιαν,

Men, unto-whither it-force-holdeth-over, the-one a-wine? To-all to-the-ones to-mankinds to-the-ones to-drinking to-it it-wandereth-unto to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-through-unto,

3:17 πινοντας A | τη διανοια A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:18 (1Es 3:19) τοῦ τε βασιλέως καὶ τοῦ ὀρφανοῦ ποιεῖ τὴν διάνοιαν μίαν, τήν τε τοῦ οἰκέτου καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἐλευθέρου, τήν τε τοῦ πένητος καὶ τὴν τοῦ πλουσίου·

(1Es 3:19) of-the-one also of-a-ruler-of and of-the-one of-orphaned it-doeth-unto to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-through-unto to-one, to-the-one also of-the-one of-a-houser and to-the-one of-the-one of-en-freed , to-the-one also of-the-one of-necessitatinged and to-the-one of-the-one of-wealth-belonged;

3:18 την 5°] ras aliq in τ B?

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:19 (1Es 3:20) καὶ πᾶσαν διάνοιαν μεταστρέφει εἰς εὐωχίαν καὶ εὐφροσύνην, καὶ οὐ μέμνηται πᾶσαν λύπην καὶ πᾶν ὀφείλημα·

(1Es 3:20) and to-all to-an-en-mulling-through-unto it-beturneth-with into to-a-goodly-holding-unto and to-a-goodly-centeringedness, and not it-had-come-to-be-memoried-unto to-all to-a-throe and to-all to-a-debting-to;

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:20 (1Es 3:21) καὶ πάσας καρδίας ποιεῖ πλουσίας, καὶ οὐ μέμνηται βασιλέα οὐδὲ σατράπην· καὶ πάντα διὰ ταλάντων ποιεῖ λαλεῖν.

(1Es 3:21) and to-all to-hearts it-doeth-unto to-wealth-belonged, and not it-had-come-to-be-memoried-unto to-a-ruler-of not-then-also to-a-provincer; and to-all through of-talantons it-doeth-unto to-speak-unto.

3:20 καρδιας] pr τας A | βασιλεια A (ι improb vid Aa? mg)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:21 (1Es 3:22) καὶ οὐ μέμνηται ὅταν πίνωσιν φιλιάζειν φίλοις καὶ ἀδελφοῖς, καὶ μετ' οὐ πολὺ σπῶνται μαχαίρας·

(1Es 3:22) And not it-had-come-to-be-memoried-unto which-also-ever they-might-drink to-care-belong-to unto-cared and unto-brethrened, and with not to-much they-draw-unto to-battle-section-alongednesses;

3:21 φιλιαζειν] φιαλιζειν A | μαχαιρας] pr τας A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:22 (1Es 3:23) καὶ ὅταν ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴνου ἐγερθῶσιν, οὐ μέμνηται ἃ ἔπραξαν.

(1Es 3:23) and which-also-ever off of-the-one of-a-wine they-might-have-been-roused, not it-had-come-to-be-memoried-unto to-which they-practiced.

3:22 εγερθωσιν] γενηθωσιν A | ου] ουδε A | μεμνηται] μνηνται (sic) A | επραξεν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 3:23 (1Es 3:24) ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐχ ὑπερισχύει ὁ οἶνος ὅτι οὕτως ἀναγκάζει ποιεῖν; καὶ ἐσίγησεν οὕτως εἴπας.

(1Es 3:24) Oh Men, not it-force-holdeth-over, the-one a-wine, to-which-a-one unto-the-one-this it-up-armeth-to to-do-unto? And it-silenced-unto unto-the-one-this having-said.

3:23 om οτι A | ειπας] ειπων A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:1 Καὶ ἤρξατο ὁ δεύτερος λαλεῖν ὁ εἴπας περὶ τῆς ἰσχύος τοῦ βασιλέως

And it-firsted, the-one second, to-speak-unto, the-one having-said about of-the-one of-a-force-holding of-the-one of-a-ruler-of,

4:1 ειπας] ειπων A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:2 Ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐχ ὑπερισχύουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν κατακρατοῦντες καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς;

Oh Men, not they-force-holdeth-over, the-ones mankinds; to-the-one to-a-soil and to-the-one to-a-flourisheredness securing-down-unto and to-all to-the-ones in unto-them?

4:2 θρωποι την γη| sup ras Ba? b

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:3 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ὑπερισχύει καὶ κυριεύει αὐτῶν καὶ δεσπόζει αὐτῶν, καὶ πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν εἴπῃ αὐτοῖς ἐνακούουσιν.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of it-force-holdeth-over and it-authority-belongeth-of of-them and it-bind-doeth-of-to of-them, and to-all to-which if-ever it-might-have-had-said unto-them they-hear-in.

4:3 βασιλευ A* (βασιλευς A1) | κυριει B* (κυριευει BabA) | αυτων 1°] παντων A | παν] παντα A | εαν] αν A | ενακουουσιν] ποιησουσιν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:4 ἐὰν εἴπῃ αὐτοῖς ποιῆσαι πόλεμον ἕτερος πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον, ποιοῦσιν· ἐὰν δὲ ἐξαποστείλῃ αὐτοὺς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, βαδίζουσιν καὶ κατεργάζονται τὰ ὄρη καὶ τὰ τείχη καὶ τοὺς πύργους.

If-ever it-might-have-had-said unto-them to-have-done-unto to-a-war different toward to-the-one to-different, they-do-unto; if-ever then-also it-might-have-set-off-out to-them toward to-the-ones to-war-belonged, they-step-to and they-down-work-to to-the-ones to-jutteednesses and to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses and to-the-ones to-towers.

4:4 ποιουσιν] ποιησουσιν A | πολεμους A* (πελμιους A?)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:5 φονεύουσιν καὶ φονεύονται, καὶ τὸν λόγον τοῦ βασιλέως οὐ παραβαίνουσιν· ἐὰν δὲ νικήσωσιν, τῷ βασιλεῖ κομίζουσιν πάντα, καὶ ἐὰν προνομεύσωσιν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα.

They-slay-of and they-be-slayed-of, and to-the-one to-a-forthee of-the-one of-a-ruler-of not they-step-beside; if-ever then-also they-might-have-mull-belonged-of-unto, unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of they-tend-to to-all, and if-ever they-might-have-parceleed-before-of and to-the-ones to-other to-all.

4:5 εαν 2°] pr οσα A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:6 καὶ ὅσοι οὐ στρατεύονται οὐδὲ πολεμοῦσιν ἀλλὰ γεωργοῦσιν τὴν γῆν, πάλιν ὅταν σπείρωσι, θερίσαντες ἀναφέρουσιν τῷ βασιλεῖ· καὶ ἕτερος τὸν ἕτερον ἀναγκάζοντες ἀναφέρουσι τοὺς φόρους τῷ βασιλεῖ.

And which-a-which not they-be-amassed-of not-then-also they-war-unto other they-soil-work-unto to-the-one to-a-soil, unto-furthered which-also-ever they-might-whorl, having-summered-to they-beareth-up unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of and different to-the-one to-different up-arming-to they-beareth-up to-the-ones to-bearees unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of.

4:6 σπειρωσιν A | αναφερουσιν (2°) A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:7 καὶ αὐτὸς εἰ μόνος ἐστίν, ἐὰν εἴπῃ ἀποκτεῖναι, ἀποκτέννουσιν· εἶπεν ἀφεῖναι, ἀφίουσιν·

And it if stayeed it-be, if-ever it-might-have-had-said to-have-killed-off, they-kill-off; it-had-said to-have-sent-off, they-emitteth-off;

Note: if in 03 : one in 02 03C1 03C2.

Note: they-emitteth-off in 03 : from AFIW; cp. Luk_11:4 and see KATIOW.

4:7 ει B* (εις BabA) | αποκτεινουσιν A* αποκτενουσιν A? | ειπεν] εαν ειπη A | αφειναι] αφιεναι A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:8 εἶπεν πατάξαι, τύπτουσιν· εἶπεν ἐρημῶσαι, ἐρημοῦσιν· εἶπεν οἰκοδομῆσαι, οἰκοδομοῦσιν·

it-had-said to-have-smote, they-strikereth; it-had-said to-have-en-solituded, they-en-solitudeth; it-had-said to-have-house-built-unto, they-house-build-unto;

4:8 ειπε] ειπεν A | om ειπεν ερημωσαι ερημουσιν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:9 εἶπεν ἐκκόψαι, ἐκκόπτουσιν· εἶπεν φυτεῦσαι, φυτεύουσιν·

it-had-said to-have-felled-out, they-felleth-out; it-had-said to-have-planted-of, they-plant-of;

4:9 εκκοπτουειν Bedit

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:10 καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ ἐνακούουσιν. (1Es 4:11) πρὸς δὲ τούτοις αὐτὸς ἀνάκειται, ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει καὶ καθεύδει·

and all the-one a-people of-it and the-ones ablities of-it they-hear-in. (1Es 4:11) Toward then-also unto-the-ones-these it it-situateth-up, it-eat-belongeth and it-drinketh and it-resteth-down;

4:10 ενακουουσιν] ν sup ras 2 litt Aa

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:11 αὐτοὶ δὲ τηροῦσιν κύκλῳ περὶ αὐτόν, καὶ οὐ δύνανται ἕκαστος ἀπελθεῖν καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ παρακούουσιν αὐτοῦ.

them then-also they-keep-unto unto-circled about to-it, and not they-able each to-have-had-came-off and to-do-unto to-the-ones to-works of-it, not-then-also they-hear-beside of-it.

4:11 αυτοι] ουτοι A | κυκλω περι αυτον] περι αυτον (ον sup ras Aa) κυκλω A | δυναται A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:12 ὦ ἄνδρες, πῶς οὐχ ὑπερισχύει ὁ βασιλεὺς ὅτι οὕτως ἐπακουστός ἐστιν; καὶ ἐσίγησεν.

Oh Men, unto-whither not it-force-holdeth-over, the-one a-ruler-of, to-which-a-one unto-the-one-this heard-upon it-be? And it-silenced-unto.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:13 Ὁ δὲ τρίτος ὁ εἴπας περὶ τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, οὗτός ἐστιν Ζοροβαβέλ, ἤρξατο λαλεῖν

The-one then-also third the-one having-said about of-the-ones of-women and of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of, the-one-this it-be a-Zorobabel, it-firsted to-speak-unto,

4:13 ειπας] ειπων A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:14 Ἄνδρες, οὐ μέγας ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ πολλοὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἰσχύει; τίς οὖν ὁ δεσπόζων αὐτῶν, ἢ τίς ὁ κυριεύων; (1Es 4:15) οὐχ αἱ γυναῖκες;

Men, not great the-one a-ruler-of, and much the-ones mankinds, and the-one a-wine it-force-holdeth? What-one accordingly the-one bind-doing-of-to of-them, or what-one the-one authority-belonging-of? (1Es 4:15) Not the-ones women?

Note: authority-belonging-of in 03 : + of-them in 02 03C1 03C2.

4:14 ανδρες] pr ω A | κυριευων] + αυτων BabA

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:15 αἱ γυναῖκες ἐγέννησαν τὸν βασιλέα καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν ὃς κυριεύει τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ τῆς γῆς·

The-ones women they-generated-unto to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and to-all to-the-one to-a-people which it-authority-belongeth-of of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness and of-the-one of-a-soil;

4:15 κυριει B* (κυριευει BabA)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:16 καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐγένοντο, καὶ αὗται ἐξέθρεψαν αὐτοὺς τοὺς φυτεύσαντας τοὺς ἀμπελῶνας ἐξ ὧν ὁ οἶνος γίνεται,

and out of-them they-had-became, and the-ones-these they-nourished-out to-them to-the-ones to-planting-of to-the-ones to-vinings out of-which the-one a-wine it-becometh,

4:16 φυτευοντας A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:17 καὶ αὗται ποιοῦσιν τὰς στολὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ αὗται ποιοῦσιν δόξαν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, καὶ οὐ δύνανται οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι χωρὶς τῶν γυναικῶν.

and the-ones-these they-do-unto to-the-ones to-seteeings of-the-ones of-mankinds, and the-ones-these they-do-unto to-a-reckonedness unto-the-ones unto-mankinds, and not they-able, the-ones mankinds, to-be of-spaced of-the-ones of-women.

Note: to-seteeings : used to refer to an outfit.

4:17 αυται 2° B?A] αυτοι B* | δοξαν . . . γυναικων] τας δοξας| των αν̅ω̅ν̅ και ου δυνανται οι αν̅ο̅ι̅ χωρεις των γυν. ειναι A (τας . . . των γυ sup ras et in mg Aa)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:18 ἐὰν δὲ συναγάγωσιν χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον καὶ πᾶν πρᾶγμα ὡραῖον, καὶ ἴδωσιν γυναῖκα μίαν καλὴν τῷ εἴδει καὶ τῷ κάλλει,

If ever then-also they-might-have-had-led-together to-a-goldlet and to-a-silverlet and to-all to-a-practicing-to to-hour-belonged, and they-might-have-had-seen to-a-woman to-one to-seemly unto-the-one unto-a-sighteedness and unto-the-one unto-a-seemlieedness,

4:18 και παν πραγμα ωραιον και ιδωσιν] ουχι αγαπωσιν A | ιδει B*A (ειδει Bab)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:19 καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἀφέντες εἰς αὐτὴν κέχηναν, καὶ χάσκοντες τὸ στόμα θεωροῦσιν αὐτήν, καὶ πάντες αὐτὴν αἱρετίζουσιν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ χρυσίον καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ πᾶν πρᾶγμα ὡραῖον.

and to-the-ones-these to-all having-had-sent-off into to-it they-had-come-to-gape, and gaping to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to they-surveil-unto to-it, and all to-it they-section-along-to more-such or to-the-one to-a-goldlet and to-the-one to-a-silverlet and to-all to-a-practicing-to to-hour-belonged.

4:19 κεχηναν] εγκεχηναν A | πραγμαν A* (ν ras A?)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:20 ἄνθρωπος τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα ἐνκαταλείπει ὃς ἐξέθρεψεν αὐτόν καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν χώραν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν γυναῖκα κολλᾶται,

A-mankind to-the-one of-self to-a-father it-remaindereth-down-in which it-nourished-out to-it and to-the-one to-private-belonged to-a-spacedness, and toward to-the-one to-private-belonged to-a-woman it-be-togetherned-unto,

4:20 εγκαταλειπει A | ος εξεθρεψ sup ras A?

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:21 καὶ μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς ἀφίησι τὴν ψυχήν, καὶ οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μέμνηται οὔτε τὴν μητέρα οὔτε τὴν χώραν.

and with of-the-one of-a-woman it-sendeth-off to-the-one to-a-breathing, and not-also to-the-one to-a-father it-had-come-to-be-memoried-unto not-also to-the-one to-a-mother not-also to-the-one to-a-spacedness.

4:21 αφιησιν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:22 καὶ ἐντεῦθεν δεῖ ὑμᾶς γνῶναι ὅτι αἱ γυναῖκες κυριεύουσιν ὑμῶν· οὐχὶ πονεῖτε καὶ μοχθεῖτε, καὶ πάντα ταῖς γυναιξὶν δίδοτε καὶ φέρετε;

And in-also-from it-bindeth to-ye to-have-had-acquainted to-which-a-one the-ones women they-authority-belong-of of-ye; unto-not ye-necessitatee-unto and ye-toil-unto, and to-all unto-the-ones unto-women ye-give and ye-bear?

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:23 καὶ λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος τὴν ῥομφαίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκπορεύεται ἐξοδεύειν καὶ λῃστεύειν καὶ κλέπτειν, καὶ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν πλεῖν καὶ ποταμούς,

And it-taketh, a-mankind, to-the-one to-a-sabre of-it and it-traverseth-out-of to-way-out-of and to-rob and to-steal, and into to-the-one to-a-flourisheredness to-float-unto and to-drinkationings-of,

4:23 αυτου B A*] εαυτου A1 | εξοδευειν] εις εξοδιαν A | om και 3° A

πλει A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:24 καὶ τὸν λέοντα θεωρεῖ, καὶ ἐν σκότει βαδίζει· καὶ ὅταν κλέψῃ καὶ ἁρπάσῃ καὶ λωποδυτήσῃ, τῇ ἐρωμένῃ ἀποφέρει.

and to-the-one to-a-lion it-surveileth-unto, and in unto-a-dimmeedness it-steppeth-to; and which-also-ever it-might-have-stolen and it-might-have-snatched-to and it-might-have-paring-sunk-unto, unto-the-one unto-being-desired-unto it-beareth-off.

Note: it-might-have-paring-sunk-unto : as in removing the outer layer; to rob clothing, etc.; in general, to cursively plunder.

4:24 ερωμενη] ερη|μωμενη A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:25 καὶ πλεῖον ἀγαπᾷ ἄνθρωπος τὴν ἰδίαν γυναῖκα μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα.

And to-more-beyond it-excesseth-off-unto, a-mankind, to-the-one to-private-belonged to-a-woman more-such or to-the-one to-a-father and to-the-one to-a-mother.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:26 καὶ πολλοὶ ἀπενοήθησαν ταῖς ἰδίαις διανοίαις διὰ τὰς γυναῖκας, καὶ δοῦλοι ἐγένοντο δι' αὐτάς·

And much they-were-en-mulled-off-unto unto-the-ones unto-private-belonged unto-en-mullings-through-unto through to-the-ones to-women, and bondees they-had-became through to-them;

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:27 καὶ πολλοὶ ἀπώλοντο καὶ ἐσφάλησαν καὶ ἡμάρτοσαν διὰ τὰς γυναῖκας.

and much they-had-destructed-off and they-befailed and they-hath-had-un-adjusted-along through to-the-ones to-women.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:28 καὶ νῦν οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι; οὐχὶ μέγας ὁ βασιλεὺς τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ; οὐχὶ πᾶσαι αἱ χῶραι εὐλαβοῦνται ἅψασθαι αὐτοῦ;

And now not ye-trust-of unto-me? Unto-not great the-one a-ruler-of unto-the-one unto-a-being-out-unto of-it? Unto-not all the-ones spacednesses they-goodly-take-unto to-have-fastened of-it?

4:28 εuλαβουνται] + αυτον A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:29 ἐθεώρουν αὐτὸν καὶ Ἀπάμην τὴν θυγατέρα Βαρτάκου τοῦ θαυμαστοῦ τὴν παλλακὴν τοῦ βασιλέως καθημένην ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ βασιλέως,

I-was-surveiling-unto to-it and to-an-Apamê to-the-one to-a-daughter of-a-Bartakos of-the-one of-marveled-to to-the-one to-a-wrigglery of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-sitting-down in unto-right-belonged of-the-one of-a-ruler-of,

Note: to-a-wrigglery : used to refer to women as defined by seductive movements, as in a coital role, usually referring to a concubine (not a lawful wife); also of the ritual of prostitution.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:30 καὶ ἀφαιροῦσαν τὸ διάδημα ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἐπιτιθοῦσαν αὑτῇ· καὶ ἐράπιζεν τὸν βασιλέα τῇ ἀριστερᾷ.

and to-sectioning-along-off-unto to-the-one to-a-binding-through-to off of-the-one of-a-head of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and to-placing-upon unto-itself; and it-was-slapping-to to-the-one to-a-ruler-of unto-the-one unto-more-un-bounded.

Note: unto-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

4:30 αυτη] εαυτη A | ερραπιζεν Bab

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:31 καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὁ βασιλεὺς χάσκων τὸ στόμα ἐθεώρει αὐτήν· καὶ ἐὰν γελάσῃ αὐτῷ, γελᾷ· ἐὰν δὲ πικρανθῇ ἐπ' αὐτόν, κολακεύει αὐτὴν ὅπως διαλλαγῇ αὐτῷ.

And toward unto-the-ones-these the-one a-ruler-of gaping to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to it-was-surveiling-unto to-it; and if-ever it-might-have-laughed-unto unto-it, it-laugheth-unto; if-ever then-also it-might-have-been-bittered upon to-it, it-flattererieth-of to-it unto-which-whither it-might-have-had-been-othered-through unto-it.

4:31 αυτην 1° BabA] αυτω B* | προσγελαση A | κολοκαυει B* κολοκευει Ba (κολακευει BbA)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:32 ὦ ἄνδρες, πῶς οὐκ ἰσχυραὶ αἱ γυναῖκες ὅτι οὕτως πράσσουσιν;

Oh Men, unto-whither not force-held the-ones women, to-which-a-one unto-the-one-this they-practice?

4:32 ουκ Bb] ουχ B* ουχι A | ισχυραι] pro σ aliq al coep B* vid

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:33 καὶ τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ οἱ εγιστᾶνες ἐνέβλεπον εἷς τὸν ἕτερον. (1Es 4:34) καὶ ἤρξατο λαλεῖν περὶ τῆς ἀληθείας

And to-the-one-which-also the-one a-ruler-of and the-ones most-greats they-were-viewing one to-the-one to-different. (1Es 4:34) And it-firsted to-speak-unto about of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of,

4:33 εβλεπον] ενεβλεπον A | εις] ετερος προς A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:34 Ἄνδρες, οὐκ ἰσχυραὶ αἱ γυναῖκες; μεγάλη ἡ γῆ, καὶ ὑψηλὸς ὁ οὐρανός, καὶ ταχὺς τῷ δρόμῳ ὁ ἥλιος, ὅτι στρέφεται ἐν τῷ κύκλῳ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ πάλιν ἀποτρέχει εἰς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τόπον ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ.

Men, not force-held the-ones women? Great the-one a-soil, and lofteed-of the-one a-sky, and quick unto-the-one unto-a-circuit the-one a-sun, to-which-a-one it-be-beturned in unto-the-one unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-sky and unto-furthered it-circuiteth-off into to-the-one of-self to-an-occasion in unto-one unto-a-dayedness.

4:34 εαυ B* (εαυτου Bab)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:35 οὐχὶ μέγας ὃς ταῦτα ποιεῖ; καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια μεγάλη καὶ ἰσχυροτέρα παρὰ πάντα.

Unto-not great which to-the-ones-these it-doeth-unto? And the-one an-un-secluding-of great and more-force-held beside to-all.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:36 πᾶσα ἡ γῆ τὴν ἀλήθειαν καλεῖ, καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς αὐτὴν εὐλογεῖ, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔργα σείεται καὶ τρέμει, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄδικον οὐθέν.

All the-one a-soil to-the-one to-an-un-secluding-of it-calleth-unto, and the-one a-sky to-it it-goodly-fortheeth-unto, and all the-ones works it-shake-belongeth and it-trembleth, and not it-be with of-it un-coursed not-from-one.

4:36 ουδεν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:37 ἄδικος ὁ οἶνος, ἄδικος ὁ βασιλεύς, ἄδικοι αἱ γυναῖκες, ἄδικοι πάντες οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἄδικα πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀλήθεια, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀδικίᾳ αὐτῶν ἀπολοῦνται.

Un-coursed the-one a-wine, un-coursed the-one a-ruler-of, un-coursed the-ones women, un-coursed all the-ones sons of-the-ones of-mankinds and un-coursed all the-ones works of-them, all the-ones the-ones-unto-the-ones-these; and not it-be in unto-them an-un-secluding-of, and in unto-the-one unto-un-coursing-unto of-them they-shall-destruct-off.

4:37 αυτων 2°] εαυτων A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:38 καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια μένει καὶ ἰσχύει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ζῇ καὶ κρατεῖ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος.

And the-one an-un-secluding-of it-stayeth and it-force-holdeth into to-the-one to-an-age, and it-lifeth-unto and it-secureth-unto into to-the-one to-an-age of-the-one of-an-age.

4:38 και η] η δε A | ισχυσει A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:39 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν παρ' αὐτὴν λαμβάνειν πρόσωπα οὐδὲ διάφορα, ἀλλὰ τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἀδίκων καὶ πονηρῶν· καὶ πάντες εὐδοκοῦσι τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτῆς,

And not it-be beside to-it to-take to-looked-toward not-then-also to-beareed-through, other to-the-ones to-course-belonged it-doeth-unto off of-all of-the-ones of-un-coursed and of-en-necessitated; and all they-goodly-think-unto unto-the-ones unto-works of-it,

4:39 αυτην] αυτη A | διαφθορα A* (διαφθορα A?) | ποιεν A* | om και 2° A | ευδοκουσιν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:40 (4:39b) καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ κρίσει αὐτῆς οὐθὲν ἄδικον. (4:40) καὶ αὕτη ἡ ἰσχὺς καὶ τὸ βασίλειον καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία καὶ ἡ μεγαλειότης τῶν πάντων αἰώνων· εὐλογητὸς ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀληθείας.

and not it-be in unto-the-one unto-a-separating of-it not-from-one un-coursed. (1Es 4:40) And the-one-this the-one a-force-holding and the-one rulerlet and the-one a-being-out-unto and the-one a-greatened-belongness of-the-ones of-all of-ages; goodly-fortheeable the-one a-Deity of-the-one of-an-un-secluding-of.

4:40 ουδεν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:41 καὶ ἐσιώπησεν τοῦ λαλεῖν· καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς τότε ἐφώνησεν καὶ τότε εἶπον Μεγάλη ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ὑπερισχύει.

And it-muted-unto of-the-one to-speak-unto; and all the-one a-people to-the-one-which-also it-sounded-unto and to-the-one-which-also they-had-said, Great the-one an-un-secluding-of and it-force-holdeth-over.

4:41 επιεν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:42 Τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ Αἴτησαι ὃ θέλεις πλείω τῶν γεγραμμένων, καὶ δώσομέν σοι, ὃν τρόπον εὑρέθης σοφώτερος· καὶ ἐχόμενός μου καθήσῃ, καὶ συγγενής μου κληθήσῃ.

To-the-one-which-also the-one a-ruler-of it-had-said unto-it, Thou-should-have-appealed-unto to-which thou-determine to-beyond of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-scribed, and we-shall-give unto-thee, to-which to-a-turn thou-was-found more-wisdomed; and holding of-me thou-shall-sit-down, and together-becominged of-me thou-shall-be-called-unto.

4:42 ον τροπον] ανθ ων A | μου 2°] μοι A* (μου A?)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:43 τότε εἶπεν τῷ βασιλεῖ Μνήσθητι τὴν εὐχὴν ἣν ηὔξω οἰκοδομῆσαι τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ τὸ βασίλειόν σου παρέλαβες,

To-the-one-which-also it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, Thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto to-the-one to-a-goodly-holding to-which thou-had-goodly-held to-have-house-built-unto to-the-one to-an-Ierousalêm in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-which to-the-one to-a-rulerlet of-thee thou-had-taken-beside,

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:44 καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τὰ λημφθέντα ἐξ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἐκπέμψαι ἃ ἐχώρισεν Κῦρος, ὅτε ηὔξατο ἐκκόψαι Βαβυλῶνα, καὶ ηὔξατο ἐξαποστεῖλαι ἐκεῖ.

and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-having-been-taken out of-an-Ierousalêm and to-have-volleyed-out to-which it-spaced-to, a-Kuros, which-also it-goodly-held to-have-felled-out to-a-Babulôn, and it-goodly-held to-have-set-off-out thither.

4:44 om και 2° A | εχωρισεν] εξεχωρησεν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:45 καὶ σὺ εὔξω οἰκοδομῆσαι τὸν ναόν ὃν ἐνεπύρισαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, ὅτε ἐρημώθη ἡ Ἰουδαία ὑπὸ τῶν Χαλδαίων.

And thou thou-goodly-held to-have-house-built-unto to-the-one to-a-temple to-which they-fired-in-to, the-ones Iouda-belonged, which-also it-was-en-solituded the-one an-Ioudaia under of-the-ones of-Chaldee-belonged.

4:45 ηυξω A | Ιουδαιοι] Ιδουμαιοι A | ηρημωθη A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:46 καὶ νῦν τοῦτό ἐστιν ὅσα ἀξιῶ, κύριε βασιλεῦ, καὶ ὃ αἰτοῦμαί σε, καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μεγαλωσύνη ἡ παρὰ σοῦ· δέομαι οὖν ἵνα ποιήσῃς τὴν εὐχήν ἣν ηὔξω τῷ βασιλεῖ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ποιῆσαι ἐκ στόματός σου.

And now the-one-this it-be to-which-a-which I-en-deem-belong, Authority-belonged Ruler-of, and to-which I-appeal-unto to-thee, and the-one-this it-be the-one an-en-greateningedness the-one beside of-thee; I-bind accordingly so thou-might-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-goodly-holding to-which thou-had-goodly-held unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-a-sky to-have-done-unto out of-a-becutteeing-to of-thee.

4:46 οσα] ο σε Bab (ε suprescr) A | η μεγαλη.] om η A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:47 Τότε ἀναστὰς Δαρεῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἔγραψεν αὐτῷ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς πρὸς πάντας οἰκονόμους καὶ τοπάρχας καὶ στρατηγοὺς καὶ σατράπας, ἵνα προπέμψωσιν αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς μετ' αὐτοῦ πάντας ἀναβαίνοντας οἰκοδομῆσαι τὴν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

To-the-one-which-also having-had-stood-up, a-Dareios the-one a-ruler-of, it-cared-down-unto to-it, and it-scribed unto-it to-the-ones to-seteeings-upon toward to-all to-house-parceleeers and to-occasion-firsters and to-amass-leaders and to-provincers, so they-might-have-volleyed-before to-it and to-the-ones with of-it to-all to-stepping-up to-have-house-built-unto to-the-one to-an-Ierousalêm.

Note: a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

4:47 οικονομους] pr τους A | σατραρπας sup ras Aa? | μετ] μ sup ras Aa

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:48 καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοπάρχαις ἐν κοίλῃ Συρίᾳ καὶ Φοινίκῃ καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ Λιβάνῳ καὶ ἔγραψεν ἐπιστολάς, μεταφέρειν ξύλα κέδρινα ἀπὸ τοῦ Λιβάνου εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ὅπως οἰκοδομήσωσιν μετ' αὐτοῦ τὴν πόλιν.

And unto-all unto-the-ones unto-occasion-firsters in unto-hollowed unto-a-Suria and unto-a-Foinikê and unto-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-Libanos and it-scribed to-seteeings-upon, to-bear-with to-woods to-cedar-belonged-to off of-the-one of-a-Libanos into to-an-Ierousalêm, and unto-which-whither they-might-have-house-built-unto with of-it to-the-one to-a-city.

4:48 πασιν A | Φοινικη] Φοινεικη B* (Φοινικ. Bb) Φοινικ sup ras Aa | om και 4° A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:49 καὶ ἔγραψεν πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς ἀναβαίνουσιν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας, πάντα δυνατὸν καὶ σατράπην καὶ τοπάρχην καὶ οἰκονόμον μὴ ἐπελεύσεσθαι ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας αὐτῶν,

And it-scribed unto-all unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged unto-the-ones unto-stepping-up off of-the-one of-a-ruling-of into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia over of-the-one of-an-en-freeing-unto, to-all to-able and to-a-provincer and to-an-occasion-firster and to-a-house-parceleeer lest they-shall-come-upon upon to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-them,

4:49 πασιν A | μη] και A* (improb Aa?) | επιλευεσθαι B* (σ superscr Bab)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:50 καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν χώραν ἣν κρατήσουσιν ἀφορολόγητον αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχειν· καὶ ἵνα οἱ Χαλδαῖοι ἀφίουσι τὰς κώμας ἃς διακρατοῦσιν τῶν Ἰουδαίων·

and to-all to-the-one to-a-spacedness to-which they-shall-secure-unto to-un-bearee-fortheed unto-them to-first-under; and so the-ones Chaldee-belonged they-emitteth-off to-the-ones to-villages to-which they-secure-through-unto of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged;

Note: they-emitteth-off in 03 : from AFIW; cp. Luk_11:4 and see KATIOW.

4:50 κρατησουσιν] κρατουσιν A | Χαλδαιοι] Ιδουμαιοι A | αφιουσι] αφοριουσι (ορ superscr) Bab αφιωσιν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:51 καὶ εἰς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ ἱεροῦ δοθῆναι κατ' ἐνιαυτὸν τάλαντα εἴκοσι μέχρι τοῦ οἰκοδομηθῆναι·

and into to-the-one to-a-house-building of-the-one of-sacred to-have-been-given down to-a-being-in-unto-it to-talantons to-twenty unto-lest-whilst of-the-one to-have-been-house-built-unto;

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:52 καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ὁλοκαυτώματα καρποῦσθαι καθ' ἡμέραν, καθὰ ἔχουσιν ἐντολὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ δέκα προσφέρειν, ἄλλα τάλαντα, δέκα κατ' ἐνιαυτόν·

and upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet to-whole-en-burnings-to to-be-en-fruited down to-a-dayedness, down-to-which they-hold to-a-finishing-in to-seven and to-ten to-bear-toward, other to-talantons to-ten down to-a-being-in-unto-it;

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:53 καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς προσβαίνουσιν ἀπὸ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας κτίσαι τὴν πόλιν, ὑπάρχειν τὴν ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς τε καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῶν, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἱερεῦσι τοῖς προσβαίνουσιν.

and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-stepping-toward off of-the-one of-a-Babulônia to-have-befounded-to to-the-one to-a-city, to-first-under to-the-one to-an-en-freeing-unto unto-them also and unto-the-ones unto-creationees of-them, and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-sacreders unto-the-ones unto-stepping-toward.

4:53 τε και τοις τε| και τοις B* (improb postea ras και τοις τε Ba) | πασιν τ. ιερευσιν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:54 ἔγραψεν δὲ καὶ τὴν χορηγίαν καὶ τὴν ἱερατικὴν στολὴν ἐν τίνι λατρεύουσιν ἐν αὐτῇ.

It-scribed then-also and to-the-one to-a-chorus-leading-unto and to-the-one to-sacred-belonged-of to-a-seteeing in unto-what-one they-serve-of in unto-it.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:55 καὶ τοῖς Λευείταις ἔγραψεν δοῦναι τὴν χορηγίαν ἕως ἧς τῆς ἡμέρας ᾗ ἐπιτελεσθῇ ὁ οἶκος καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἰκοδομηθῆναι.

And unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers it-scribed to-have-had-given to-the-one to-a-chorus-leading-unto unto-if-which of-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness unto-which it-might-have-been-finished-upon-unto the-one a-house and to-an-Ierousalêm to-have-been-house-built-unto.

4:55 της ημερας] om της A | om η B A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:56 καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς φρουροῦσι τὴν πόλιν, ἔγραψε δοῦναι αὐτοῖς κλήρους καὶ ὀψώνια.

And unto-all unto-the-ones unto-warding-before-unto to-the-one to-a-city, it-scribed to-have-had-given unto-them to-lots and to-provision-purchaselets.

4:56 πασιν τ. φρουρουσιν A (φρουρου| sup ras Aa) | εγραψεν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:57 καὶ ἐξαπέστειλεν πάντα τὰ σκεύη ἃ ἐχώρισεν Κῦρος ἀπὸ Βαβυλῶνος· καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶπεν Κῦρος ποιῆσαι, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπέταξεν ποιῆσαι καὶ ἐξαποστεῖλαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ.

And it-set-off-out to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-which it-spaced-to, a-Kuros, off of-a-Babulôn; and to-all to-which-a-which it-had-said, a-Kuros, to-have-done-unto, and it it-arranged-upon to-have-done-unto and to-have-set-off-out into to-an-Ierousalêm.

4:57 εχωρισεν] εξεχωρησεν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:58 Καὶ ὅτε ἐξῆλθεν ὁ νεανίσκος, ἄρας τὸ πρόσωπον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐναντίον Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐλόγησεν τῷ βασιλεῖ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (1Es 4:59) λέγων

And which-also it-had-came-out, the-one a-new-belonging-of, having-lifted to-the-one to-looked-toward into to-the-one to-a-sky to-ever-a-oned-in of-an-Ierousalêm it-goodly-fortheed-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-a-sky (1Es 4:59) forthing,

4:58 ηυλογησεν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:59 Παρὰ σοῦ νίκη, καὶ παρὰ σοῦ ἡ σοφία, καὶ σὴ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἐγὼ σὸς οἰκέτης.

Beside of-thee a-mull-belonging-of, and beside of-thee the-one a-wisdoming-unto, and thine the-one a-reckonedness, and I thine a-houser.

4:59 νικη] pr η A | ση] σου A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:60 εὐλογητὸς εἶ, ὃς ἔδωκάς μοι σοφίαν· καὶ σοὶ ὁμολογῶ, δέσποτα τῶν πατέρων.

Goodly-fortheeable thou-be, which thou-gave unto-me to-a-wisdoming-unto; and unto-thee I-along-forthee-unto, Bind-doer of-the-ones of-fathers.

4:60 σοι] σ sup ras Aa?

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:61 καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰς ἐπιστολὰς καὶ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα καὶ ἀπήγγειλεν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ πᾶσιν.

And it-had-taken to-the-ones to-seteeings-upon and it-had-came-out into to-a-Babulôn and it-leadeeered-off unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-it unto-all.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:62 καὶ εὐλόγησαν τὸν θεὸν τῶν πατέρων αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἄνεσιν καὶ ἄφεσιν

And they-goodly-fortheed-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity of-the-ones of-fathers of-them, to-which-a-one it-gave unto-them to-a-sending-up and to-a-sending-off

4:62 ηυλογησαν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 4:63 ἀναβῆναι καὶ οἰκοδομῆσαι Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν οὗ ὠνομάσθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπ' αὐτῷ· καὶ ἐκωθωνίζοντο μετὰ μουσικῶν καὶ χαρᾶς ἡμέρας ἑπτά.

to-have-had-stepped-up and to-have-house-built-unto to-an-Ierousalêm and to-the-one to-sacred of-which it-was-named-to the-one a-naming-to of-it upon unto-it; and they-were-decantering-to with of-muse-belonged-of and of-a-joyedness to-dayednesses to-seven.

Note: they-were-decantering-to : used to refer to opening and pouring wine and liquor; by implication drinking large amounts.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:1 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐξελέγησαν ἀναβῆναι ἀρχηγοὶ οἴκου πατριῶν κατὰ φυλὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες καὶ οἱ παῖδες αὐτῶν, καὶ αἱ παιδίσκαι καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν.

With then-also to-the-ones-these they-had-been-forthed-out to-have-had-stepped-up first-led of-a-house of-fatherings-unto down to-tribings of-them, and the-ones women of-them and the-ones sons and the-ones daughters and the-ones children of-them, and the-ones child-belongings-of and the-ones befoundeednesses of-them.

Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

5:1 α|βηναι B* vid (αναβ. B?) | οικου] οικων A | θυγατερες] + αυτων A | παιδισκαι] + αυτων A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:2 καὶ Δαρεῖος συναπέστειλεν μετ' αὐτῶν ἱππεῖς χιλίους ἕως τοῦ ἀποκαταστῆσαι αὐτοὺς εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ μετ' εἰρήνης καὶ μετὰ μουσικῶν, τυμπάνων καὶ αὐλῶν.

And a-Dareios it-set-off-together with of-them to-horsers-of to-thousand unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-stood-down-off to-them into to-an-Ierousalêm with of-a-joinifying and with of-muse-belonged-of, of-racked-of and of-channels.

Note: a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

5:2 Δαριος A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:3 καὶ πάντες οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν παίζοντες· καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτοῖς συναναβῆναι μετ' ἐκείνων.

And all the-ones brethrened of-them childing-to; and it-did-unto unto-them to-have-had-stepped-up-together with of-the-ones-thither.

5:3 αυτοις] αυτους A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:4 Καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν ἀναβαινόντων κατὰ πατριὰς αὐτῶν εἰς τὰς φυλὰς ἐπὶ τὴν μεριδαρχίαν αὐτῶν.

And the-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-the-ones of-men of-the-ones of-stepping-up down to-fatherings-unto of-them into to-the-ones to-tribings upon to-the-one to-a-portioned-firsting-unto of-them.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:5 οἱ ἱερεῖς υἱοὶ Φινεὲς υἱοὶ Ἀαρών, Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ἰωσεδὲκ τοῦ Σαραίου, καὶ Ἰωακεὶμ ὁ τοῦ Ζοροβαβὲλ τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Δαυείδ, ἐκ τῆς γενεᾶς Φάρες, φυλῆς δὲ Ἰούδα,

The-ones sacreders-of sons of-a-Finees sons of-an-Aarôn, an-Iêsous the-one of-the-one of-an-Iôsedek of-the-one of-a-Saraias, and an-Iôakeim the-one of-the-one of-a-Zorobabal of-the-one of-a-Salathiêl out of-the-one of-a-house of-the-one of-a-Daueid, out of-the-one of-a-becomedness of-a-Fares, of-a-tribing then-also of-an-Ioudas,

5:5 υιοι 1°] pr οι A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:6 ὃς ἐλάλησεν ἐπὶ Δαρείου τοῦ βασιλέως Περσῶν λόγους σοφοὺς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ ἔτει τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ μηνὶ Νισὰν τοῦ πρώτου μηνός.

which it-spoke-unto upon of-a-Darieos of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-Persians to-forthees to-wisdomed in unto-the-one unto-second unto-a-yeareedness of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it unto-a-month of-a-Nisan of-the-one of-most-before of-a-month.

Note: of-a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

5:6 Δαριου A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:7 εἰσὶν δὲ οὗτοι οἱ ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας οἱ ἀναβάντες ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς παροικίας, οὓς μετοίκισεν Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος εἰς Βαβυλῶνα,

They-be then-also the-ones-these the-ones out of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia the-ones having-had-stepped-up out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto of-the-one of-a-housing-beside-unto, to-which it-housed-with-to, a-Nabouchodonosor a-ruler-of of-a-Babulôn, into to-a-Babulôn,

5:7 om οι 1° A | μετωκισεν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:8 καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ (1Es 5:8) καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν Ἰουδαίαν ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν, οἱ ἐλθόντες μετὰ Ζοροβαβὲλ καὶ Ἰησοῦ, Νεεμίου, Ζαραίου, Ῥησαίου, Ἐνήνιος, Μαρδοχαίου, Βεελσάρου, Ἀσφαράσου, Βορολείου, Ῥοείμου, Βαανά, τῶν προηγουμένων αὐτῶν.

and it-beturned-upon into to-an-Ierousalêm (1Es 5:8) and to-the-one to-remaindered to-an-Ioudaia each into to-the-one to-private-belonged to-a-city, the-ones having-had-came with of-a-Zorobabel and of-an-Iêsous, of-a-Neemias, of-a-Zaraias, of-a-Rêsaias, of-an-Enênios, of-a-Mardochaias, of-a-Beelsaros, of-an-Asfarasos, of-a-Boroleias, of-a-Roeimos, of-a-Baana, of-the-ones of-leading-before-unto of-them.

5:8 επεστρεψαν BabA | μετα] μ sup ras Aa? | Ζοροβαβελ] α sup ras Aa? | Ιησους A | Ζαρεου A | Ενηνιος] pr vid Μαιαιναμινιος Bab mg Ενηνιου A | Βορολειου] Ρεελιου A | Ροειμου] Ρομελιου (ομελιου sup ras) Aa

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:9 ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔθνους καὶ οἱ προηγούμενοι αὐτῶν· υἱοὶ Φορός, ἑβδομήκοντα δύο χιλιάδες·

A-number of-the-ones off of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to and the-ones leading-before-unto of-them; sons of-a-Foros, seventy two thousands;

5:9 χιλιαδες] + κ ροβ’| υιοι Ασαφ τοβ’ Bab mg + και| εκατον εβδομηκοντα δυο· υιοι Σαφατ’· τετρακοσιοι εβδομη|κοντα δυο· A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:10 υἱοὶ Ἀρές, ἑπτακόσιοι πεντήκοντα ἕξ.

sons of-an-Ares, seven-hundred fifty six;

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:11 υἱοὶ Φθαλειμωάβ, εἰς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰησοῦ καὶ Ῥοβοάβ, δισχίλιοι ὀκτακόσιοι δύο·

sons of-a-Fthaleimôab, into to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Iêsous and of-a-Roboab, two-thousand eight-hundred two;

5:11 Φθαλειμ.] Φααθ’μ. A | του υιου B | Ροβοαβ] Ιωαβ A | δυο] pr δεκα A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:12 υἱοὶ Ἰωλάμου, δύο· υἱοὶ Ζατόν, ἐννακόσιοι ἑβδομήκοντα· υἱοὶ Χορβέ, ἑπτακόσιοι πέντε· υἱοὶ Βανεί, ἑξακόσιοι τεσσεράκοντα ὀκτώ·

sons of-an-Iôlamos, two; sons of-a-Zaton nine-hundred seventy; sons of-a-Chorbe, seven-hundred five; sons of-a-Banei, six-hundred forty eight;

5:12 Ιωλαμου] Ηλαμ A | δυο] χιλιοι διακοσιοι| πεντηκοντα τεσσαρες A | Ζατον] Ζαθθουι A | εννακοσιοι improb vid Aa? | εβδομηκοντα] τεσσερακο|τα πεντε A | εξακοσιοι] εξακοσι B* (+ οι Bab mg) | τεσσερακοντα] τεσσερακ. Bb (item 22, 25, 41, 42) ο sup ras A1

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:13 υἱοὶ Βηβαί, ἑξακόσιοι τριάκοντα τρεῖς· υἱοὶ Ἀργαί, χίλιοι τριακόσιοι εἴκοσι δύο·

sons of-a-Bêbai, six-hundred thirty three; sons of-an-Argai, thousand three-hundred twenty two;

5:13 τριακοντα] εικοσι A | Αργαι] Ασταα’| A | χιλιοι τριακοσιοι] τρισχιλιοι εξακοσιοι A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:14 υἱοὶ Ἀδωνεικάμ, τριάκοντα ἑπτά· υἱοὶ Βοσαί, δισχίλιοι ἑξακόσιοι ἕξ· υἱοὶ Ἀδειλίου, τετρακόσιοι πεντήκοντα τέσσαρες·

sons of-an-Adôneikam, thirty seven; sons of-a-Bosai, two-thousand six-hundred six; sons of-an-Adeilios, four-hundred fifty four;

5:14 Αδωνικαμ A | τριακοντα επτα] εξακοσι|οι τεσσερακοντα επτα A | Βοσαι] Βαγοι A | εξακοσιοι] εξηκοντα A | Αδειλιου] Αδινου A | τετρακοσιοι] τετρακοσι B* (οι superscr Bb? c?)

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:15 υἱοὶ Ἀζὴρ Ἑζεκίου, υἱοὶ Κειλὰν καὶ Ἀζητάς, ἑξήκοντα ἑπτά· υἱοὶ Ἀζάρου, τετρακόσιοι τριάκοντα δύο·

sons of-an-Azêr of-a-Hezekias, sons of-a-Keilan and of-an-Azêtas, sixty seven; sons of-an-Azaros, four-hundred thirty two;

5:15 Αζηρ] Ατηρ A | Εζεκιου] + ενενηκοντα δυο A | Κιλαν A | Αζαρου] Αζουρου A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:16 υἱοὶ Ἁννείς, ἑκατὸν εἷς· υἱοὶ Ἀρόμ, υἱοὶ Βασσαί, τριακόσιοι εἴκοσι τρεῖς· υἱοὶ Ἀρσειφουρείθ,

sons of-a-Hanneis, a-hundred one; sons of-an-Arom, sons of-a-Bassai, three-hundred twenty three; sons of-an-Arseifoureith,

5:16 Αννιας A | Βασσα A | Αρσιφρουρειθ A + εκατον δεκα δυο·| A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:17 υἱοὶ Βαιτηροῦς, τρισχίλιοι πέντε· υἱοὶ ἐκ Ῥαγεθλωμῶν, ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι τρεῖς·

sons of-a-Baitêrous, three-thousand five; sons out of-a-Ragethlômôn, a-hundred twenty three;

5:17 τρεισχ. B* (τρισχ. Bb) | Ραγεθλωμων] Βαιθλωμων A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:18 οἱ ἐκ Νετέβας, πεντήκοντα πέντε· οἱ ἐξ Ἐνάτου, ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα ὀκτώ· οἱ ἐκ Βαιτασμῶν Ζαμμώθ·

the-ones out of-a-Netebas, fifty five; the-ones out of-an-Enatos, a-hundred fifty eight; the-ones out of-a-Baitasmôn of-a-Zammôth;

5:18 Νετεβας] Νεωφαε A | Ενατου] Αναθωθ A | Βαιτασμων Ζαμμωθ] Βαιθασμωθ A + τεσσε|ρακοντο δυο A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:19 οἱ ἐκ Καρταθειαρειός, εἴκοσι πέντε· οἱ ἐκ Πείρας καὶ Βηρόγ, ἑπτακόσιοι·

the-ones out of-a-Kartatheiareios, twenty five; the-ones out of-a-Peiras and of-a-Bêrog, seven-hundred;

5:19 οι εκ (1°) A] ει B | Καριαθιαριος A | Πειρας] Καφιρας A | Βηρογ] Βηρωθ (? Βηρωε) A | επτακοσιοι] + τεσσερακοντα τρεις A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:20 οἱ Χαδιάσαι καὶ Ἁμμίδιοι, τετρακόσιοι εἴκοσι δύο· οἱ ἐκ Κειράμας Κάββης, ἑξακόσιοι εἴκοσι εἷς·

the-ones Chadiasans and Hammid-belonged, four-hundred twenty two; the-ones out of-a-Keiramas of-a-Kabbês, six-hundred twenty one;

5:20 Κιραμα A | Καββης] και Γαββης A

οι 1°] ου A* (improb υ Aa?) | Χαδιασαι] Χαδ’ασαι Avid | Αμμιδαιοι A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:21 οἱ ἐκ Μακαλῶν, ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι δύο· οἱ ἐκ Βετολιώ, πεντήκοντα δύο· Νειφεῖς, ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα ἕξ·

the-ones out of-a-Makalôn, a-hundred twenty two; the-ones out of-a-Betoliô, fifty two; of-a-Neifeis, a-hundred fifty six;

5:21 εκ 1°] seq lineola in B* non inst Bb | Βητολιω A | Νειφεις] pr υιοι Bab (superscr) υιοι Φινεις A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:22 υἱοὶ Καλαμωκάλου καὶ Ὠνοῦς, ἑπτακόσιοι εἴκοσι πέντε· (1Es 5:23) υἱοὶ Ἰερέχου, διακόσιοι τεσσεράκοντα πέντε·

sons of-a-Kalamôkalos and of-an-Ônous, seven-hundred twenty five; (1Es 5:23) sons of-an-Ierechês, two-hundred forty five;

5:22 Καλαμωλαλου A | Ιερειχου Ba Ιεριχου Bb | διακοσιοι] τριακοσιοι A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:23 υἱοὶ Σαμά, τρισχίλιοι τριακόσιοι εἷς·

sons of-a-Sama, three-thousand three-hundred one;

5:23 Σαμα] Σαναας A | τρεισχιλιοι B* (τρισχιλιοι Bb) | εις] τριακοντα A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:24 οἱ ἱερεῖς (1Es 5:24) οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰέδδου τοῦ υἱοῦ Ἰησοῦ, εἰς τοὺς υἱοὺς Σαναβείς, ὀκτακόσιοι ἑβδομήκοντα δύο· υἱοὶ Ἐρμήρου, διακόσιοι πεντήκοντα δύο·

the-one sacreders-of (1Es 5:24) the-ones sons of-an-Ieddos of-the-one of-a-son of-an-Iêsous, into to-the-ones to-sons of-a-Sanabeis, eight-hundred seventy two; sons of-an-Ermêros, two-hundred fifty two;

5:24 οι ιερε B* (cum ras in ο) ις superscr Bab | οι υιοι] om οι A | Εδδου A* | om υιου A | Σαναβεις] Ανασειβ A | οκτακοσιοι] εννακοσιοι A | Ερμηρου] Εμμηρουθ A | διακοσιοι] χιλιοι A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:25 υἱοὶ Φασσόρου, χίλιοι διακόσιοι τεσσεράκοντα ἑπτά· υἱοὶ Χαρμή, διακόσιοι δέκα ἑπτά·

sons of-a-Fassoros, thousand two-hundred forty seven; sons of-a-Charmê, two-hundred ten seven;

5:25 Φασσοιρου A | χιλιοι] ante χ ras 1 lit A? | διακοσιοι 2°] χιλιοι A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:26 οἱ Λευεῖται υἱοὶ Ἰησουείς, Κοδοήλου καὶ Βάννου καὶ Σουδίου, ἑβδομήκοντα τέσσαρες.

the-ones Leuei-belongers sons of-an-Iêsoueis, of-a-Kodoêlos and of-a-Bannas and of-a-Soudias, seventy four.

5:26 οι Λευειται] οι δε| Λευιται A (post δε ras 1 lit A?) | Ιησουεις] Ιησουε A | Κοδοηλου] και Καδμι|ηλου A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:27 υἱοὶ ἱεροψάλται υἱοὶ Ἀσάφ, ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ὀκτώ·

Sons sacred-twangers sons of-an-Asaf, a-hundred twenty eight;

5:27 εικοσι] τεσσερακοντα A | εκατον] ε sup ras Aa?

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:28 οἱ θυρωροί, τετρακόσιοι· οἱ Ἰσμαήλου, υἱοὶ Λακουβάτου, χίλιοι· υἱοὶ Τωβείς, πάντες ἑκατὸν τριάκοντα ἐννέα·

the-ones portal-wardens, four-hundred; the-ones of-an-Ismaêlos, sons of-a-Lakoubatês, thousand; sons of-a-Tôbeis, all a-hundred thirty nine;

5:28 τετρακοσιοι . . . Τωβεις] υιοι Σαλουμ’· υιοι| Αταρ’ υιοι Τολμαν· υιοι Δακουβι·|υιοι Ατητα·υιοι Σαβει A | παντες] pr οι A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:29 οἱ ἱερόδουλοι υἱοὶ Ἠσαύ, υἱοὶ Τασειφά, υἱοὶ Ταβαώθ, υἱοὶ Κηράς, υἱοὶ Σουά, υἱοὶ Φαλαίου, υἱοὶ Λαβανά,

the-ones sacred-bondees sons of-an-Êsau, sons of-a-Taseifa, sons of-a-Tabaôth, sons of-a-Kêras, sons of-a-Soua, sons of-a-Falaios, sons of-a-Labana,

5:29 Τασειφα] Ασειφα A | Ταβωθ A | Σουσα A | Λαβανα] + υιοι Αγγαβα Bab mgA

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:30 υἱοὶ Ἀκούδ, υἱοὶ Οὐτά, υἱοὶ Κητάβ, υἱοὶ Ἁκκαβά, υἱοὶ Συβαεί, υἱοὶ Ἁνάν, υἱοὶ Κουά, υἱοὶ Κεδδούρ,

sons of-an-Akoud, sons of-an-Outa, sons of-a-Kêtab, sons of-a-Hakkaba, sons of-a-Subaei, sons of-a-Hanan, sons of-a-Koua, sons of-a-Keddour,

5:30 υιοι 1°] υι sup ras A1 | Ακκαβα] Γαβα A | υιοι 5°] υ sup ras A1 | Ανναν A | Κουα] Καθουα A | Κεδδουρ] Γεδδουρ A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:31 υἱοὶ Ἰαείρου, υἱοὶ Δαισάν, υἱοὶ Νοεβά, υἱοὶ Χασεβά, υἱοὶ Καζηρά, υἱοὶ Ὀζείου, υἱοὶ Φινόε, υἱοὶ Ἀσαρά, υἱοὶ Βασθαί, υἱοὶ Ἀσσανά, υἱοὶ Μανεί, υἱοὶ Ναφεισεί, υἱοὶ Ἀκούφ, υἱοὶ Ἁχειβά, υἱοὶ Ἁσούρ, υἱοὶ Φαρακέμ, υἱοὶ Βασαλέμ,

sons of-an-Iaeiros, sons of-a-Daisan, sons of-a-Noeba, sons of-a-Chaseba, sons of-a-Kazêra, sons of-an-Ozeios, sons of-a-Finoe, sons of-an-Asara, sons of-a-Basthai, sons of-an-Assana, sons of-a-Manei, sons of-a-Napheisei, sons of-an-Akouf, sons of-a-Hacheiba, sons of-a-Hasour, sons of-a-Farakem, sons of-a-Basalem,

5:31 Ιαιρου A | Δεσαν A | Καζηρα] Γαζηρα A | Οζιου A | Ασανα A | Μανει] Μαανι A (Μ sup ras A1) | Ναφισι A | Ακουμ A | Αχιφα A | Φαρακειμ A | Βασαλεμ] Βααλωθ A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:32 υἱοὶ Δεδδά, υἱοὶ Βαχούς, υἱοὶ Σεράρ, υἱοὶ Θόμβει, υἱοὶ Νασεί, υἱοὶ Ἁτεφά·

sons of-a-Dedda, sons of-a-Bachous, sons of-a-Serar, sons of-a-Thombei, sons of-a-Nasei, sons of-a-Hatefa;

5:32 Δεδδα] Μεεδδα·| υιοι Κουθα (Κ, θ sup ras Aa)· υιοι Χαρεα· A | Βαχους] Βαρχουε A | Θεμει A (ε sup ras Aa) | Νασιθ A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:33 υἱοὶ παίδων Σαλωμών, υἱοὶ Ἁσσαφείωθ, υἱοὶ Φαρειδά, υἱοὶ Ἰειηλεί, υἱοὶ Λοζών, υἱοὶ Ἰσδαήλ, υἱοὶ Σαφυεί,

sons of-children of-a-Salômôn, sons of-a-Hassafeiôth, sons of-a-Fareida, sons of-an-Ieiêlei, sons of-a-Lozôn, sons of-an-Isdaêl, sons of-a-Safuei,

5:33 Ασαφφιωθ’· A | Φαριδα A | Ιεηλι A | Σαφυθι A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:34 υἱοὶ Ἁγιά, υἱοὶ Φακαρὲθ Σαβείη, υἱοὶ Σαρωθεί, υἱοὶ Μεισαιάς, υἱοὶ Γάς, υἱοὶ Ἀδδούς, υἱοὶ Σουβάς, υἱοὶ Ἀφερρά, υἱοὶ Βαρωδείς, υἱοὶ Σαφάγ, υἱοὶ Ἀλλών·

sons of-a-Hagia, sons of-a-Fakareth of-a-Sabeiê, sons of-a-Sarôthei, sons of-a-Meisaias, sons of-a-Gas, sons of-an-Addous, sons of-a-Soubas, sons of-an-Aferra, sons of-a-Barôdeis, sons of-a-Safag, sons of-an-Allôn;

5:34 Αδδους] δ 1° B? mg vid | Σαφαγ] Σαφατ A | Αλλων] Αδλων A

Σαβειη] υιοι Σαβιη A | Σαρωθιε A | Μεισαιας] Μασιας A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:35 πάντες οἱ ἱερόδουλοι καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν παίδων Σαλωμὼν τριακόσιοι ἑβδομήκοντα δύο.

all the-ones sacred-bondees and the-ones sons of-the-ones of-children of-a-Salômôn three-hundred seventy two.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:36 οὗτοι ἀναβάντες ἀπὸ Θερμέλεθ καὶ Θελερσάς· ἡγούμενος αὐτῶν Χαρααθαλὰν καὶ Ἀλλάρ.

The-ones-these having-had-stepped-up off of-a-Thermeleth and of-a-Thelersas; leading-unto of-them, a-Charaathalan and an-Allar.

5:36 Θελερσας] Θελσας A | Χαρααθαλαν και Αλλαρ] Χαρα· Αθαλαρ’ και Αλαρ’· A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:37 καὶ οὐκ ἠδύναντο ἀπαγγεῖλαι τὰς πατριὰς αὐτῶν καὶ γενεάς, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ εἰσιν· υἱοὶ Ἀσὰν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Βαενάν, υἱοὶ Νεκωδάν, ἑξακόσιοι πεντήκοντα δύο.

And not they-were-abling to-have-leadeeered-off to-the-ones to-fatherings-unto of-them and to-becomednesses, as out of-the-one of-an-Israêl they-be; sons of-an-Asan of-the-one of-a-son of-the-one of-a-Baenan, sons of-a-Nekôdan, six-hundred fifty two.

5:37 ως sup ras 3 litt Aa | Ασαν] Δαλαν A | Βαεναν] Βαν A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:38 καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἱερέων οἱ ἐμποιούμενοι ἱερωσύνης, καὶ οὐχ εὑρέθησαν· υἱοὶ Ὁββειά, υἱοὶ Ἁκβώς, υἱοὶ Ἰαδδοὺς τοῦ λαβόντος Αὐγίαν γυναῖκα τῶν θυγατέρων Φαηζελδαίου, (1Es 5:39) καὶ ἐκλήθη ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ.

And out of-the-ones of-sacreders-of the-ones doing-in-unto of-an-en-sacredingedness, and not they-were-found; sons of-a-Hobbeia, sons of-a-Hakbôs, sons of-an-Iaddous of-the-one of-having-had-taken to-an-Augia to-a-woman of-the-ones of-daughters of-a-Faêzeldaios, (1Es 5:39) and it-was-called-unto upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it.

5:38 εμποιουμενοι] ras aliq in ι 1° B? (forte εμπορ. B*) | Οββεια] Οβδια A | Ακβως] Ακκως A | Ιοδδους A | Φαηζελδαιου] Ζορ|ζελλεου A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:39 καὶ τούτων ζητηθείσης τῆς γενικῆς γραφῆς ἐν τῷ καταλοχισμῷ καὶ μὴ εὑρεθείσης, ἐχωρίσθησαν τοῦ ἱερατεύειν.

And of-the-ones-these of-having-been-sought-unto of-the-one of-became-belonged-of of-a-scribing in unto-the-one unto-a-gestating-down-of and lest of-having-been-found, they-were-spaced-to of-the-one to-sacreder-of.

5:39 om και 2° A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:40 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ναιμίας καὶ Ἁτθαρίας μὴ μετέχειν τῶν ἁγίων ἕως ἀναστῇ ἱερεὺς ἐνδεδυμένος τὴν δήλωσιν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν.

And it-had-said unto-them, a-Naimias and a-Hattharias, lest to-hold-with of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged unto-if-which it-might-have-had-stood-up, a-sacreder-of, having-had-come-to-be-sunk-in to-the-one to-an-en-distincting and to-the-one to-an-un-secluding-of.

5:40 Ναιμιας] Νεεμιας A | αγιων] + αυτους A | εως] + ου A | αναστη] αν στη A | ιερευς] αρχιερευς A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:41 Οἱ δὲ πάντες ἦσαν Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ δωδεκαετοῦς, χωρὶς παίδων καὶ παιδισκῶν, μυριάδες τέσσαρες δισχίλιοι τριακόσιοι ἑξήκοντα. (1Es 5:42) παῖδες τούτων καὶ παιδίσκαι ἑπτακισχίλιοι τριακόσιοι τριάκοντα ἑπτά· ψάλται καὶ ψαλτῳδοί, διακόσιοι τεσσεράκοντα πέντε.

The-ones then-also all they-were of-an-Israêl off of-two-ten-yearinged, of-spaced of-children and of-child-belongings-of, myriads four two-thousand three-hundred sixty. (1Es 5:42) Children of-the-ones-these and child-belongings-of seven-oft-thousand three-hundred thirty seven; twangers and song-twanged, two-hundred forty five.

Note: song-twanged : used to refer to trained in playing (twanging) song.

5:41 om τριακοσιοι 1° . . . επτακισχ. A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:42 (1Es 5:43) κάμηλοι τετρακόσιοι τριάκοντα πέντε, καὶ ἵπποι ἑπτακισχίλιοι τριάκοντα ἕξ, ἡμίονοι διακόσιοι τεσσεράκοντα πέντε, ὑποζύγια πεντακισχίλια πεντακόσια εἴκοσι πέντε.

(1Es 5:43) Camels four-hundred thirty five, and horses seven-oft-thousand thirty six, half-donkeys two-hundred forty five, couplagelets-under five-oft-thousand five-hundred twenty five.

5:42 καμηλοι] pr και A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:43 (1Es 5:44) Καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἡγουμένων κατὰ τὰς πατριὰς ἐν τῷ παραγίνεσθαι αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὔξαντο ἐγεῖραι τὸν οἶκον ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν αὐτῶν δύναμιν,

(1Es 5:44) And out of-the-ones of-leading-unto down to-the-ones to-fatherings-unto in unto-the-one to-become-beside to-them into to-the-one to-sacred of-the-one of-a-Deity to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm they-goodly-held to-have-roused to-the-one to-a-house upon of-the-one of-an-occasion of-it down to-the-one of-them to-an-ability,

5:43 παραγιγνεσθαι A | ηυξαντο A

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:44 (1Es 5:45) καὶ δοῦναι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν γαζοφυλάκιον τῶν ἔργων χρυσίου μνᾶς χιλίας καὶ ἀργυρίου μνᾶς πεντακισχιλίας καὶ στολὰς ἱερατικὰς ἑκατόν.

(1Es 5:45) and to-have-had-given into to-the-one to-sacred to-a-treasure-guarderylet of-the-ones of-works of-a-goldlet to-minas to-thousand and of-a-silverlet to-minas to-five-oft-thousand and to-seteeings to-sacred-belonged-of to-a-hundred.

Note: to-minas : 1 mina = about 1 pound.

Note: to-seteeings : used to refer to an outfit.

(411-410 B.C.)

1Es 5:45 (1Es 5:46) καὶ κατοικίσθησαν οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται καὶ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ τῇ χώρᾳ, οἵ τε ἱεροψάλται καὶ οἱ θυρωροὶ καὶ πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις αὐτῶν.

(1Es 5:46) And they-shall-be-housed-down-to the-ones sacreders-of and the-ones Leuei-belongers and the-ones out of-the-one of-a-people in unto-an-Ierousalêm and unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness, which also sacred-twangers and the-ones portal-wardens and all an-Israêl in unto-the-ones unto-villages of-them.

5:45 om αυτου A | χωρα] χ sup ras Aa | ιεροψαλται] λ sup ras Aa

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:46 (1Es 5:47) Ἐνστάντος δὲ τοῦ ἑβδόμου μηνός, καὶ ὄντων τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἑκάστου ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις, συνήχθησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν εἰς τὸ εὐρύχωρον τοῦ πρώτου πυλῶνος τοῦ πρὸς τῇ ἀνατολῇ.

(1Es 5:47) Of-having-had-stood-in then-also of-the-one of-seventh of-a-month, and of-being of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl of-each in unto-the-ones unto-private-belonged, they-were-led-together passioned-along into to-the-one to-wide-spaced of-the-one of-most-before of-a-gating of-the-one toward unto-the-one unto-a-finishing-up.

5:46 εσταντος B A* ἑστ. Bb (ἐνστ. A1)

την ανοτολην A

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:47 (1Es 5:48) καὶ καταστὰς Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ἰωσεδὲκ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ Ζοροβαβὲλ ὁ τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ καὶ οἱ τούτου ἀδελφοὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ Ἰσραήλ,

(1Es 5:48) And having-had-stood-down, an-Iêsous the-one of-the-one of-an-Iôsedek and the-ones brethrened of-it the-ones sacreders-of and a-Zorobabel the-one of-the-one of-a-Salathiêl and the-ones of-the-one-this brethrened, they-readied-to to-the-one to-a-surgerlet of-the-one of-a-Deity of-an-Israêl,

5:47 Ισραηλ] pr του A

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:48 (1Es 5:49) προσενέγκαι ἐπ' αὐτοῦ ὁλοκαυτώσεις ἀκολούθως τοῖς ἐν τῇ Μωυσέως βίβλῳ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ θεοῦ διηγορευμένοις.

(1Es 5:49) to-have-beared-toward upon of-it to-whole-en-burnings unto-pathed-along unto-the-ones in unto-the-one of-a-Môuseus unto-a-paper of-the-one of-a-mankind of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-being-lead-alongednessed-through.

5:48 αυτου] αυτο· A | Μωυσεως A

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:49 (1Es 5:50) καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν αὐτοῖς ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν τῆς γῆς καὶ κατωρθώθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῶν· ὅτι ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ἦσαν αὐτοῖς· καὶ κατίσχυσαν αὐτοὺς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· καὶ ἀνέφερον θυσίας κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν καὶ ὁλοκαυτώματα τῷ Κυρίῳ τὸ πρωινὸν καὶ τὸ δειλινόν.

(1Es 5:50) And they-were-led-together-upon unto-them out of-the-ones of-other of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-one of-a-soil and they-were-en-straight-jutted-down upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet upon of-the-one of-an-occasion of-them; to-which-a-one in unto-an-en-enmitying they-were unto-them; and they-force-held-down to-them, all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to the-ones upon of-the-one of-a-soil; and they-were-bearing-up to-surgings-unto down to-the-one to-a-time and to-whole-en-burnings-to unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged to-the-one to-befored-belonged-to and to-the-one to-dired-belonged-to.

5:49 κατωρθωθησαν] κατωθωσαν A | om επι 1° A | αυτων] αυτου A | κατισχυσαν] pr και Bab (superscr κ) A | Κυριω] pr τω A

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:50 (1Es 5:51) καὶ ἠγάγοσαν τὴν τῆς σκηνοπηγίας ἑορτὴν ὡς ἐπιτέτακται ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, καὶ θυσίας καθ' ἡμέραν, ὡς προσῆκον ἦν·

(1Es 5:51) And they-hath-had-led to-the-one of-the-one of-a-tent-pitching-unto to-a-festival as it-had-come-to-be-arranged-upon in unto-the-one unto-a-parcelee, and to-surgings-unto down to-a-dayedness, as arriving-toward it-was;

5:50 την της σκ.] τας σκ. A

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:51 (1Es 5:52) καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα προσφορὰς ἐνδελεχισμοῦ, καὶ θυσίας σαββάτων καὶ νουμηνιῶν καὶ ἑορτῶν πασῶν ἡγιασμένων.

(1Es 5:52) And with to-the-ones-these to-bearednesses-toward of-an-elongating-in-to-of, and to-surgings-unto of-sabbaths and of-new-moonings-unto and of-festivals of-all of-having-had-come-to-be-hallow-belonged-to.

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:52 (1Es 5:53) καὶ ὅσοι εὔξαντο εὐχὴν τῷ θεῷ ἀπὸ τῆς νουμηνίας τοῦ πρώτου μηνός, ἤρξατο προσφέρειν θυσίας τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ὁ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ οὔπω ᾠκοδόμητο.

(1Es 5:53) And which-a-which they-goodly-held to-a-goodly-holding unto-the-one unto-a-Deity off of-the-one of-a-new-mooning-unto of-the-one of-most-before of-a-month, it-firsted to-bear-toward to-surgings-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity, and the-one a-temple of-the-one of-a-Deity not-unto-whither it-had-come-to-have-been-house-built-unto.

5:52 ηυξαντο A | πρωτου] εβδομου A | ηρξαντο A

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:53 (1Es 5:54) καὶ ἔδωκαν ἀργύριον τοῖς λατόμοις καὶ τέκτοσι, καὶ ποτὰ καὶ βρωτὰ (1Es 5:55) καὶ χάρα τοῖς Σειδωνίοις καὶ Τυρίοις εἰς τὸ παράγειν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ Λιβάνου ξύλα κέδρινα, διαφέρειν σχεδίας εἰς τὸν Ἰόππης λιμένα, κατὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα τὸ γραφὲν αὐτοῖς παρὰ Κύρου τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως.

(1Es 5:54) And they-gave to-a-silverlet unto-the-ones unto-stone-cutters and unto-creationers, and to-drinkationed and to-feedeed (1Es 5:55) and to-chara' unto-the-ones unto-Seidôn-belonged and unto-Turos-belonged into to-the-one to-lead-beside to-them out of-the-one of-a-Libanos to-woods to-cedar-belonged-to, to-bear-through to-holdenings-unto into to-the-one of-an-Ioppê to-a-harbor, down to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to to-the-one to-having-been-scribed unto-them beside of-a-Kuros of-the-one of-Persians of-a-ruler-of.

Note: to-chara' (XARA) in 03 : to-carts in 02 (KARRA from Greek KARRON); transliterated from Hebrew, uncertain, corresponding to oil in 2Es 3:7 (Ezr 3:7), could be a kind of oil or oil container; if it were KARA, then nuts (from Greek KAROS).

5:53 τεκτοσιν A | βρωτα και ποτα A | βρωτα· και χ. B | χαρα] καρρα A | Σιδωνιοις BbA | και 7°] κατα A | του Π. β.] των Π. β. A

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:54 (1Es 5:56) καὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἔτει παραγενόμενος εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ μηνὸς δευτέρου ἤρξατο Ζοροβαβὲλ ὁ τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ἰωσεδὲκ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς οἱ Λευεῖται καὶ πάντες οἱ παραγενόμενοι ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ,

(1Es 5:56) And unto-the-one unto-second unto-a-yeareedness having-had-became-beside into to-the-one to-sacred of-the-one of-a-Deity into to-an-Ierousalêm of-a-month of-second it-firsted, a-Zorobabel the-one of-the-one of-a-Salathiêl and an-Iêsous the-one of-the-one of-an-Iôsedek and the-ones brethrened of-them and the-ones sacreders-of the-ones Leuei-belongers and all the-ones having-had-became-beside out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto into to-an-Ierousalêm.

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:55 (1Es 5:57) καὶ ἐθεμελίωσαν τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ νουμηνίᾳ τοῦ δευτέρου μηνὸς τοῦ δευτέρου ἔτους ἐν τῷ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ.

(1Es 5:57) And they-en-placeeer-belonged to-the-one to-a-temple of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-the-one unto-a-new-monthing-unto of-the-one of-second of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-second of-a-yeareedness in unto-the-one to-have-had-came into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia and to-an-Ierousalêm.

5:55 ναον] οικον A

(410 B.C.)

1Es 5:56 (1Es 5:58) καὶ ἔστησαν τοὺς Λευείτας ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων τοῦ κυρίου· καὶ ἔστη Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί, καὶ Δαμαδιὴλ ὁ ἀδελφός, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰησοῦ Ἠμαδαβούν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰούδα τοῦ Εἰλιαδοὺν σὺν τοῖς υἱοῖς καὶ ἀδελφοῖς, πάντες οἱ Λευεῖται ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐργοδιῶκται, ποιοῦντες εἰς τὰ ἔργα ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ κυρίου· καὶ οἰκοδόμησαν οἱ οἰκοδόμοι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ κυρίου.

(1Es 5:58) And they-stood to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers off of-twenty-yearinged upon of-the-ones of-works of-the-one of-Authority-belonged; and it-had-stood, an-Iêsous and the-ones sons and the-ones brethrened, and a-Damadiêl the-one brethrened, and the-ones sons of-an-Iêsous of-an-Êmadaboun, and the-ones sons of-an-Ioudas of-the-one of-an-Eiliadoun together unto-the-ones unto-sons and unto-brethrened, all the-ones Leuei-belongers passioned-along work-pursuers, doing-unto into to-the-ones works in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged; and they-house-built-unto, the-ones house-builders, to-the-one to-a-temple of-the-one of-Authority-belonged.

5:56 ο Δαμαδιηλ] Καδωηλ A | Ιουδα] Ιωδα A | Ιλιαδουν A | κυριου 2°] θῡ A | ωκοδομησαν A

(410-409 B.C.)

1Es 5:57 (1Es 5:59) Καὶ ἔστησαν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐστολισμένοι μετὰ μουσικῶν καὶ σαλπίγγων, καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται υἱοὶ Ἀσὰφ ἔχοντες τὰ κύμβαλα (1Es 5:60) ὑμνοῦντες τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ εὐλογοῦντες κατὰ Δαυεὶδ βασιλέα τοῦ Ἰσραήλ·

(1Es 5:59) And they-had-stood, the-ones sacreders-of, having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to with of-muse-belonged-of and of-trumpets, and the-ones Leuei-belongers sons of-an-Asaf holding to-the-ones to-swelled-casts (1Es 5:60) hymning-unto unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged and goodly-fortheeing-unto down to-a-Daueid to-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-an-Israêl;

Note: having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

Note: to-swelled-casts : used to refer to the action of casting convex cymbals together.

5:57 υιοι] pr οι A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:58 (1Es 5:61) καὶ ἐφώνησαν δι' ὕμνων εὐλογοῦντες τῷ κυρίῳ, ὅτι ἡ χρηστότης αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας παντὶ Ἰσραήλ.

(1Es 5:61) and they-sounded-unto through of-hymns goodly-fortheeing-unto unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged, to-which-a-one the-one an-affordness of-it and the-one a-reckonedness into to-the-ones to-ages unto-all unto-an-Israêl.

5:58 υμνον B* (υμνων BabA) | ευλογουντες] ομολογουντες A | παντι] pr εν A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:59 (1Es 5:62) καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἐσάλπισαν καὶ ἐβόησαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, ὑμνοῦντες τῷ κυρίῳ ἐπὶ τῇ ἐγέρσει τοῦ οἴκου Κυρίου.

(1Es 5:62) And all the-one a-people they-trumpted-to and they-hollered-unto unto-a-sound unto-great, hymning-unto unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged upon unto-the-one unto-a-rousing of-the-one of-a-house of-Authority-belonged.

5:59 μεγαλην A | Κυριου] pr του A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:60 (1Es 5:63) καὶ ἤλθοσαν ἐκ τῶν ἱερέων τῶν Λευειτῶν καὶ τῶν προκαθημένων κατὰ τὰς πατριὰς αὐτῶν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἑωρακότες τὸν πρὸ τοῦ οἶκον (1Es 5:64) πρὸς τὴν τούτου οἰκοδομὴν μετὰ κραυγῆς καὶ κλαυθμοῦ μεγάλου,

(1Es 5:63) And they-hath-had-came out of-the-ones of-sacreders-of of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers and of-the-ones of-sitting-down-before down to-the-ones to-fatherings-unto of-them the-ones more-eldered having-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-the-one before of-the-one to-a-house (1Es 5:64) toward to-the-one of-the-one-this to-a-house-building with of-a-clamoring and of-a-sobbing-of of-great,

5:60 ιερων A | εωρακοτες] οι προεωρ. A | προ του] προ τουτου Ba? b (του 2° superscr) A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:61 καὶ πολλοὶ διὰ σαλπίγγων, καὶ χαρὰ μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ·

and much through of-trumpets, and a-joyedness unto-great unto-the-one unto-a-sound;

5:61 χαρας A | τη φωνη] om τη A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:62 (1Es 5:65) ὥστε τὸν λαὸν μὴ ἀκούειν τῶν σαλπίγγων διὰ τὸν κλαυθμὸν τοῦ λαοῦ· ὁ γὰρ ὄχλος ἦν ὁ σαλπίζων μεγάλως, ὥστε μακρόθεν ἀκούεσθαι.

(1Es 5:65) as-also to-the-one to-a-people lest to-hear of-the-ones of-trumpets through to-the-one to-a-sobbing-of of-the-one of-a-people; the-one thereofore a-crowd it-was the-one trumpeting-to unto-great, as-also en-longed-from to-be-heard.

5:62 μεγαλως] μεγαλωστι A | ωστε 2°] ωστα A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:63 (1Es 5:66) Καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα καὶ Βενιαμεὶν ἤλθοσαν ἐπιγνῶναι τίς ἡ φωνὴ τῶν σαλπίγγων,

(1Es 5:66) And having-heard, the-ones en-enmitied, of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Ioudas and of-a-Beniamein they-hath-had-came to-have-had-acquainted-upon what-one the-one a-sound of-the-ones of-trumpets,

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:64 (1Es 5:67) καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι οἱ ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας οἰκοδομοῦσιν τὸν ναὸν τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ Ἰσραήλ.

(1Es 5:67) and they-had-acquainted-upon to-which-a-one the-ones out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto they-house-buildeth-unto to-the-one to-a-temple unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged unto-a-Deity of-an-Israêl.

5:64 θω (sic) A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:65 (1Es 5:68) καὶ προσελθόντες τῷ Ζοροβαβὲλ καὶ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς ἡγουμένοις τῶν πατριῶν λέγουσιν αὐτοῖς Συνοικοδομήσομεν ὑμῖν·

(1Es 5:68) And having-had-came-toward unto-the-one unto-a-Zorobabel and unto-an-Iêsous and unto-the-ones unto-leading-unto of-the-ones of-fatherings-unto they-forth unto-them, We-shall-house-build-together-unto unto-ye;

5:65 υμιν sup ras 5 ut vid litt Aa?

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:66 (1Es 5:69) ὁμοίως γὰρ ὑμῖν ἀκούομεν τοῦ κυρίου ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτῷ ἐπιθύσομεν ἀπὸ ἡμερῶν Ἀσβακαφὰθ βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων, ὃς μετήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐνταῦθα.

(1Es 5:69) unto-along-belonged too-thus unto-ye we-heareth of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-ye, and unto-it we-shall-surge-upon off of-dayednesses of-an-Asbakafath of-a-ruler-of of-Assur-belonged, which it-had-led-with to-us in-unto-the-ones-these.

Note: we-shall-surge-upon in 03 : we-surge-upon in 02.

5:66 επιθυομεν A | Ασβακαφαθ] Ασβασαρεθ A | εντευθα A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:67 (1Es 5:70) καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ζοροβαβὲλ καὶ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ ἡγούμενοι τῶν πατριῶν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ (1Es 5:71) Οὐχ ὑμῖν καὶ τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι τὸν οἶκον Κυρίῳ θεῷ ἡμῶν·

(1Es 5:70) And it-had-said unto-them, a-Zorobabel and an-Iêsous and the-ones leading-unto of-the-ones of-fatherings-unto of-the-one of-an-Israêl, (1Es 5:71) Not unto-ye and of-the-one to-have-house-built-unto to-the-one to-a-house unto-Authority-belonged unto-a-Deity of-us;

5:67 ειπαν A | υμιν] pr pr ημῑ| και A | θεω] pr τω A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:68 ἡμεῖς γὰρ μόνοι οἰκοδομήσομεν τῷ κυρίῳ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, ἀκολούθως οἷς προσέταξεν ἡμῖν Κῦρος ὁ βασιλεὺς Περσῶν.

we too-thus stayeed we-shall-house-build-unto unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged of-the-one of-an-Israêl, unto-pathed-along unto-which it-arranged-toward unto-us, a-Kuros the-one a-ruler-of of-Persians.

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:69 (1Es 5:72) τὰ δὲ ἔθνη τῆς γῆς ἐπικοιμώμενα τοῖς ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ πολιορκοῦντες εἶργον τοῦ οἰκοδομεῖν,

(1Es 5:72) The-ones then-also placeedness-belongings-to of-the-one of-a-soil being-situated-upon unto-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia and city-fenceeing-unto they-were-shutting of-the-one to-house-build-unto,

(409 B.C.)

1Es 5:70 (1Es 5:73) καὶ βουλὰς καὶ δημαγωγοῦντες καὶ συστάσεις ποιούμενοι ἀπεκώλυσαν τοῦ ἀποτελεσθῆναι τὴν οἰκοδομὴν πάντα τὸν χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ βασιλέως Κύρου· καὶ εἴρχθησαν τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ἔτη δύο ἕως τῆς Δαρείου βασιλείας.

(1Es 5:73) and to-purposings and locality-leading-unto and to-standings-together doing-unto they-prevented-off of-the-one to-have-been-finished-off-unto to-the-one to-a-house-building to-all to-the-one to-a-while of-the-one of-a-lifing of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-a-Kuros; and they-were-shut of-the-one of-a-house-builing to-yeareednesses to-two unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-Dareios of-a-ruling-of.

Note: of-a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

5:70 βουλας] επιβουλας A | δημαγωγουντες] δημαγωγουντας Bab δημαγωγιας A | συστασεις] επισυστασις (sic) A | αποτελεσθηναι Bab (αποελ. B*)] επιτελεσθηναι A

(409 B.C.; History 411-410 B.C.)

1Es 6:1 Ἐν δὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἔτει τῆς Δαρείου βασιλείας ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἁγγαῖος καὶ Ζαχαρίας ὁ τοῦ Ἐδδεὶν οἱ προφῆται ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου θεοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπ' αὐτούς.

In then-also unto-the-one unto-second unto-a-yeareedness of-the-one of-a-Dareios of-a-ruling-of it-declared-before-of, a-Haggaios and a-Zacharias the-one of-the-one of-an-Eddein the-ones declarers-before, upon to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia and unto-an-Ierousalêm, upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-Authority-belonged of-a-Deity of-an-Israêl upon to-them.

Note: of-a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

6:1 Δαρειου] του Δαριου A | Eδδειν] Αδδω A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 6:2 τότε στὰς Ζοροβαβὲλ ὁ τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ἰωσεδὲκ ἤρξαντο οἰκοδομεῖν τὸν οἶκον τοῦ κυρίου τὸν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, (1Es 6:3) συνόντων τῶν προφητῶν τοῦ κυρίου βοηθούντων αὐτοῖς.

To-the-one-which-also having-had-stood, a-Zorobabel the-one of-the-one of-a-Salathiêl and an-Iêsous the-one of-the-one of-an-Iôsedek, they-firsted to-house-build-unto to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm, (1Es 6:3) of-being-together of-the-ones of-declarers-before of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-holler-running-unto unto-them.

(409 B.C.)

1Es 6:3 ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ χρόνῳ παρῆν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Σισίννης ὁ ἔπαρχος Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης καὶ Σαθραβουζάνης καὶ οἱ συνέταιροι· (1Es 6:4) καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς

In unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-while it-was-being-beside toward to-them, a-Sisinnês the-one a-firster-upon of-a-Suria and of-a-Foinikê and a-Sathrabouzanês and the-ones comrades-together; (1Es 6:4) and it-had-said unto-them,

6:3 συνεταιροι] + αυτου A | ειπαν A

(409 B.C.)

1Es 6:4 Τίνος ὑμῖν συντάξαντος τὸν οἶκον τοῦτον οἰκοδομεῖτε καὶ τὴν στέγην ταύτην καὶ τἄλλα πάντα ἐπιτελεῖτε; καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ οἰκοδόμοι οἱ ταῦτα τελοῦντες;

Of-what-one unto-ye of-having-arranged-together to-the-one to-a-house to-the-one-this ye-house-build-unto and to-the-one to-a-shielding to-the-one-this and to-the-ones-other to-all ye-finish-upon-unto? And what-ones they-be the-ones house-builders the-ones to-the-ones-these finishing-unto?

6:4 συνταξαντος] α 2° sup ras A1 | om και 3° A | ταυτα| τα B* (τα 1° improb Bab) | τελουντες επιτελουντες BabA

(409 B.C.)

1Es 6:5 καὶ ἔσχοσαν χάριν ἐπισκοπῆς γενόμενοι ἐπὶ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῶν Ἰουδαίων,

And they-hath-had-held to-a-granting of-a-scouteeing-upon having-had-became upon to-the-one to-a-spear-capturing-unto beside of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, the-ones more-eldered of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged,

6:5 γενομενης A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:6 καὶ οὐκ ἐκωλύθησαν τῆς οἰκοδομῆς μέχρις οὗ ἀποσημανθῆναι Δαρείῳ περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ προσφωνηθῆναι.

and not they-were-prevented of-the-one of-a-house-building unto-lest-whilst of-which to-have-been-signified-off unto-a-Dareios about of-them and to-have-been-sounded-toward-unto.

Note: unto-a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

6:6 μεχρις ου] μεχρι του A | υποσημανθηναι A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:7 Ἀντίγραφον ἐπιστολῆς ἧς ἔγραψεν Δαρείῳ καὶ ἀπέστειλαν Σισίννης ὁ ἔπαρχος Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης καὶ Σαθραβουρζάνης καὶ οἱ συνέταιροι οἱ ἐν Συρίᾳ καὶ Φοινίκῃ ἡγεμόνες (1Es 6:8) Βασιλεῖ Δαρείῳ χαίρειν.

Ever-a-one-scribed of-a-seteeing-upon of-which it-scribed unto-a-Dareios and they-set-off, a-Sisinnês the-one a-firster-upon of-a-Suria and of-a-Foinikê and a-Sathrabourzanês and the-ones comrades-together the-ones in unto-a-Suria and unto-a-Foinikê leaders, (1Es 6:8) Unto-a-ruler-of unto-a-Dareios to-joy.

Note: unto-a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

6:7 απεστειλε| A | · Σισιννης B A | Σαθαρβουζανης A | χαιρει A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:8 πάντα γνωστὰ ἔστω τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν τῷ βασιλεῖ· ὅτι παραγενόμενοι εἰς τὴν χώραν τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ τὴν πόλιν κατελάβομεν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῇ πόλει οἰκοδομοῦντας οἶκον τῷ κυρίῳ μέγαν καινόν, (1Es 6:9) διὰ λίθων ξυστῶν πολυτελῶν, ξύλων τιθεμένων ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις,

All acquaintable it-should-be unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged of-us unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of; to-which-a-one having-had-became-beside into to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia and of-an-Ierousalêm to-the-one to-a-city we-had-taken-down of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto to-the-ones to-more-eldered of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged in unto-an-Ierousalêm unto-the-one unto-a-city to-house-building-unto to-a-house unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged to-great to-fresh, (1Es 6:9) through of-stones of-scythed of-much-finishinged, of-woods of-being-placed in unto-the-ones unto-houses,

Note: of-scythed : used to refer to a surface leveled with this curved blade, to an area cleared with it, or to a spear or weapon comprised with it.

6:8 Ιερουσαλημ 1°] pr ελθοντες εις Bab (mgg)A | πολυτελων] pr και A | οικοις] τοιχοις A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:9 (1Es 6:10) καὶ τὰ ἔργα ἐκεῖνα ἐπὶ σπουδῆς γινόμενα, καὶ εὐοδούμενον τὸ ἔργον ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐν πάσῃ δόξῃ καὶ ἐπιμελείᾳ συντελούμενα.

(1Es 6:10) and the-ones works the-ones-thither upon of-a-hasteneeing becoming, and being-goodly-en-wayed the-one a-work in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-them, and in unto-all unto-a-reckonedness and unto-a-vying-upon-of being-finished-together-unto.

6:9 σπουδην A | γιγνομενα A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:10 (1Es 6:11) τότε ἐπυνθανόμεθα τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τούτων λέγοντες Τίνος ὑμῖν προστάξαντος οἰκοδομεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦτον καὶ τὰ ἔργα ταῦτα θεμελιοῦτε;

(1Es 6:11) To-the-one-which-also we-were-ascertaining of-the-ones of-more-eldered of-the-ones-these forthing, Of-what-one unto-ye of-having-arranged-toward ye-house-build-unto to-the-one to-a-house to-the-one-this and to-the-ones to-works to-the-ones-these ye-en-placeeer-belong?

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:11 (1Es 6:12) ἐπηρωτήσαμεν οὖν αὐτοὺς ἔνεκεν τοῦ γνωρίσαι σοι καὶ γράψαι σοι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ἀφηγουμένους, καὶ τὴν ὀνοματογραφίαν ᾐτοῦμεν αὐτοὺς τῶν προκαθηγουμένων.

(1Es 6:12) We-upon-entreated-unto accordingly to-them in-out-in of-the-one to-have-acquainted-to unto-thee and to-have-scribed unto-thee to-the-ones to-mankinds to-the-ones to-leading-off-unto, and to-the-one to-a-naming-to-scribing-unto we-were-appealing-unto to-them of-the-ones of-leading-down-before-unto.

6:11 επερωτησαμεν] μ sup ras A1 | εινεκεν BabA | προκαθηγουμενων] προκαθημενω| A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:12 (1Es 6:13) οἱ δὲ ἀπεκρίθησαν ἡμῖν λέγοντες Ἐσμὲν παῖδες τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ κτίσαντος τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.

(1Es 6:13) The-ones then-also they-were-separated-off unto-us forthing, We-be children of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-the-one of-having-befounded-to to-the-one to-a-sky and to-the-one to-a-soil.

6:12 εσμεν] pr ημεις A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:13 (1Es 6:14) καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτο ὁ οἶκος ἔμπροσθεν ἐτῶν πλειόνων διὰ βασιλέως τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ μεγάλου καὶ ἰσχυροῦ, καὶ ἐπετελέσθη.

(1Es 6:14) And it-was-being-house-built-unto the-one a-house in-toward-from of-yeareednesses of-more-beyond through of-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-an-Israêl of-great and of-force-held, and it-was-finished-upon-unto.

6:13 ωκοδομειτο A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:14 (1Es 6:15) καὶ ἐπεὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν παραπικράναντες ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν κύριον τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ τὸν οὐράνιον, παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς χεῖρας Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ βασιλέως Βαβυλῶνος, βασιλέως τῶν Χαλδαίων·

(1Es 6:15) And upon-if the-ones fathers of-us having-bittered-beside they-had-un-adjusted-along into to-the-one to-Authority-belonged of-the-one of-an-Israêl to-the-one to-skyed-belonged, it-gave-beside to-them into to-hands of-a-Nabouchodonosor of-a-ruler-of of-a-Babulôn, of-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-Chaldee-belonged;

6:14 Βαβυλωνος] της Βαβυλωνιας A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:15 (1Es 6:16) τόν τε οἶκον καθελόντες ἐνεπύρισαν, καὶ τὸν λαὸν ᾐχμαλώτευσαν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα.

(1Es 6:16) to-the-one also to-a-house having-had-sectioned-down they-fired-in-to, and to-the-one to-a-people they-spear-captured-of into to-a-Babulôn.

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:16 (1Es 6:17) ἐν δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ ἔτει βασιλεύοντος Κύρου χώρας Βαβυλωνίας ἔγραψεν βασιλεὺς Κῦρος οἰκοδομῆσαι τὸν οἶκον τοῦτον,

(1Es 6:17) In then-also unto-the-one unto-most-before unto-a-yeareedness of-rulering-of of-a-Kuros to-spacednesses of-a-Babulônia it-scribed, a-ruler-of a-Kuros, to-have-house-built-unto to-the-one to-a-house to-the-one-this,

6:16 βασιλευς] pr ο A | οικοδομησαι τον οικον τουτον] τον οικον τουτον οικοδομηθηναι A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:17 (1Es 6:18) καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ σκεύη τὰ χρυσᾶ καὶ τὰ ἀργυρᾶ, ἃ ἐξήνεγκεν Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἀπηρείσατο αὐτὰ ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ ναῷ, πάλιν ἐξήνεγκεν αὐτὰ Κῦρος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ ἐν Βαβυλωνίᾳ, καὶ παρεδόθη Ζοροβαβὲλ καὶ Σαβανασσάρῳ τῷ ἐπάρχῳ.

(1Es 6:18) and to-the-ones to-sacred to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-golden and to-the-ones to-silvern, to-which it-beared-out, a-Nabouchodonosor, out of-the-one of-a-house of-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm and it-propped-off to-them in unto-the-one of-it unto-a-temple, unto-furthered it-beared-out to-them, a-Kuros the-one a-ruler-of, out of-the-one of-a-temple of-the-one in unto-a-Babulônia, and it-was-given-beside unto-a-Zorobabel and unto-a-Sabanassaros unto-the-one unto-a-firster-upon.

6:17 αργυρεα A | αυτου] εαυτου A | Βαβυλωνια] Βαβυλωνι A | Σαβανασσαρω] Σα|ναβασσαρω A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:18 (1Es 6:19) καὶ ἐπετάγη αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀπήνεγκεν πάντα τὰ σκεύη ταῦτα ἀποθεῖναι ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῷ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ τὸν ναὸν τοῦ κυρίου οἰκοδομηθῆναι ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου.

(1Es 6:19) And it-had-been-arranged-upon unto-it, and it-beared-off to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones-these to-have-placed-off in unto-the-one unto-a-temple unto-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm, and to-the-one to-a-temple of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-have-been-house-built-unto upon of-the-one of-an-occasion.

6:18 και απηνεγκεν] απενεγκαντι A | om παντα A | ταυτα τα σκευη A | κυριου] + τουτον A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:19 (1Es 6:20) τότε ὁ Σαναβάσσαρος παραγενόμενος εἰσεβάλλετο τοὺς θεμελίους τοῦ οἴκου Κυρίου τοῦ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἀπ' ἐκείνου μέχρι τοῦ νῦν οἰκοδομούμενος οὐκ ἔλαβεν συντέλειαν.

(1Es 6:20) To-the-one-which-also the-one a-Sanabassaros having-had-became-beside it-was-casting-into to-the-ones to-placeeer-belonged of-the-one of-a-house of-Authority-belonged of-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm, and off of-the-one-thither unto-lest-whilst of-the-one now being-house-built-unto not it-taken to-a-finishing-together-of.

6:19 Σαναβασσαρος] + εκεινος A | εισεβαλλετο] ενεβαλλετο Bab ενεβαλετο A | Κυριου] pr του A | οικοδομουμενον A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:20 (1Es 6:21) νῦν οὖν κρίνεται, βασιλεῦ· ἐπισκεπήτω ἐν τοῖς βασιλικοῖς βιβλιοφυλακίοις τοῦ κυρίου βασιλέως τοῖς ἐν Βαβυλῶνι,

(1Es 6:21) Now accordingly it-be-separated, Ruler-of; it-should-have-been-scouted-upon in unto-the-ones unto-ruler-belonged-of unto-paperlet-guarderyets of-the-one of-authority-belonged of-a-ruler-of unto-the-ones in unto-a-Babulôn,

6:20 ουν] οὖ (sic) Bb | κρινεται] pr ει A | om βασιλεως τοις εν Βαβυλωνι A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:21 (1Es 6:22) καὶ ἐὰν εὑρίσκηται μετὰ τῆς γνώμης Κύρου τοῦ βασιλέως γενομένην τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ κρίνηται τῷ κυρίῳ βασιλεῖ ἡμῶν, προσφωνησάτω ἡμῖν περὶ τούτων.

(1Es 6:22) and if-ever it-might-be-found with of-the-one of-an-acquaintance of-a-Kuros of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-having-had-became to-the-one to-a-house-building of-the-one of-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm, and it-might-be-separated unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged unto-a-ruler-of of-us, it-should-have-sounded-toward-unto unto-us about of-the-ones-these.

6:21 κυριου] pr οικου Bab mgA

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:22 (1Es 6:23) Τότε ὁ βασιλεὺς Δαρεῖος προσέταξεν ἐπισκέψασθαι ἐν τοῖς βιβλιοφυλακίοις τοῖς κειμένοις ἐν Βαβυλῶνι, καὶ εὑρέθη ἐν Ἐκβατάνοις τῇ βάρει τῇ ἐν Μηδείᾳ χώρᾳ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ὑπομνημάτιστο τάδε

(1Es 6:23) To-the-one-which-also the-one a-ruler-of a-Dareios it-arranged-toward to-have-been-scouted-upon in unto-the-ones unto-paperlet-guarderylets unto-the-ones unto-being-situated in unto-a-Babulôn, and it-was-found in unto-Ekbatana' unto-the-one unto-a-weighting unto-the-one in unto-a-Mêdeia unto-a-spacedness an-occasion in unto-which it-had-come-to-have-been-memoried-under-to the-ones-then-also,

Note: a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

Note: unto-Ekbatana' : The capital city of Media and its precincts, situated, according to Diodorus, about twelve stadia from Mount Orontes. The genuine orthography of the word appears to be Agbatana (Agbatana), a form employed by Ctesias. Ecbatana, being in a high and mountainous country, was a favourite residence of the Persian kings during summer, when the heat of Susa was almost insupportable.

Note: unto-a-weighting : used of heavily fortified structures and loaded barges.

6:22 βιβλιοφυλακιοις] pr βασιλικοις A | Μηδια B* (Μηδεια BabA) | τοπος] τομος εις A | υπεμνηματιστο A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:23 (1Es 6:24) Ἔτους πρώτου βασιλεύοντος Κύρου βασιλεὺς Κῦρος προσέταξεν τὸν οἶκον τοῦ κυρίου τὸν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἰκοδομῆσαι, ὅπου ἐπιθύουσιν διὰ πυρὸς ἐνδελεχοῦς,

(1Es 6:24) Of-a-yeareedness of-most-before of-rulering-of of-a-Kuros a-ruler-of a-Kuros it-arranged-toward to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm to-have-house-built-unto, to-which-of-whither they-might-surge-upon through of-a-fire of-elongatinged-in,

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:24 (1Es 6:25) οὗ τὸ ὕψος πήχεων ἑξήκοντα, πλάτος πήχεων ἑξήκοντα, διὰ δόμων λιθίνων ξυστῶν τριῶν καὶ δόμου ξυλίνου ἐγχωρίου καινοῦ ἑνός, καὶ τὸ δαπάνημα δοθῆναι ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου Κύρου τοῦ βασιλέως.

(1Es 6:25) of-which the-one a-lofteedness of-fores of-sixty, a-broadeedness of-fores of-sixty, through of-buildings of-stoned-belonged-to of-scythed of-three and of-a-building of-wooded-belonged-to of-space-belonged-in of-fresh of-one, and to-the-one to-a-spenting-to to-have-been-given out of-the-one of-a-house of-a-Kuros of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

Note: of-scythed : used to refer to a surface leveled with this curved blade, to an area cleared with it, or to a spear or weapon comprised with it.

6:24 πηχων A (bis) | εν|χωριου A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:25 (1Es 6:26) καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ σκεύη τοῦ οἴκου Κυρίου τά τε χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, ἃ ἐξήνεγκεν Ναβουχοδονοσὸρ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἀπήνεγκεν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα, ἀποκατασταθῆναι εἰς τὸν οἶκον τὸν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οὗ ἦν κείμενα, ὅπως τεθῇ ἐκεῖ.

(1Es 6:26) And to-the-ones to-sacred to-equipeednesses of-the-one of-a-house of-Authority-belonged to-the-ones also to-golden and to-silvern, to-which it-beared-out, a-Nabouchodonosor, out of-the-one of-a-house of-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm, it-beared-off into to-a-Babulôn, to-have-been-stood-down-off into the-one to-a-house to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm of-which it-was being-situated, unto-which-whither it-might-have-been-placed thither.

Note: it-beared-off in 03 : pr and in 02.

6:25 τα τε χρυσα και αργυρα] τα| κρυσεα· και τα αργυρεα A | om α A | απηνεγκεν] pr και A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:26 (1Es 6:27) προσέταξεν δὲ ἐπιμεληθῆναι Σισίννῃ ἐπάρχῳ Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης καὶ Σαθραβουζάνῃ καὶ τοῖς συνεταίροις καὶ τοῖς ἀποτεταγμένοις ἐν Συρίᾳ καὶ Φοινίκῃ ἡγεμόσιν ἀπέχεσθαι τοῦ τόπου, ἐᾶσαι δὲ τὸν παῖδα Κυρίου Ζοροβαβέλ, ὕπαρχον δὲ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῶν Ἰουδαίων τὸν οἶκον τοῦ κυρίου ἐκεῖνον οἰκοδομεῖν ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου.

(1Es 6:27) It-arranged-toward then-also to-have-been-vied-upon-unto unto-a-Sisinnês unto-a-firster-upon of-a-Suria and of-a-Foinikê and unto-a-Sathrabouzanês and unto-the-one unto-comrades-together and unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-arranged-off in unto-a-Suria and unto-a-Foinikê unto-leaders to-be-held-off of-the-one of-an-occasion, to-have-let-unto then-also to-the-one to-a-child of-Authority-belonged to-a-Zorobabel, to-a-firster-under then-also of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia, and to-the-ones to-more-eldered of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-the-one-thither to-house-build-unto upon of-the-one of-an-occasion.

6:26 Φοινικη] Φοινεικη B* (Φοινικη BbA) | om δε 2° A | Κυριου] pr του A | υπαρχον] επαρχον A | του κυριου] om του A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:27 (1Es 6:28) κἀγὼ δὲ ἐπέταξα ὁλοσχερῶς οἰκοδομῆσαι, καὶ ἀτενίσαι ἵνα συνποιῶσιν τοῖς ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς Ἰουδαίας μέχρι τοῦ ἐπιτελεσθῆναι τὸν οἶκον τοῦ κυρίου·

(1Es 6:28) And-I then-also I-arranged-upon unto-whole-continuinged to-have-house-built-unto, and to-have-stretched-along-to so they-might-do-together-unto unto-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia unto-lest-whilst of-the-one to-have-been-finished-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged;

6:27 καγω] και εγω A | om δε A | ολο|σχερως B* ολοσ|σχερως Bb vid | συμποιωσιν Bb | της Ιουδαιας] των Ιουδαιων A | μεχρι] μεχρεις A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:28 (1Es 6:29) καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς φορολογίας κοίλης Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης ἐπιμελῶς σύνταξιν δίδοσθαι τούτοις τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εἰς θυσίαν τῷ κυρίῳ, Ζοροβαβὲλ ἐπάρχῳ, εἰς ταύρους καὶ κριοὺς καὶ ἄρνας,

(1Es 6:29) and off of-the-one of-a-bearee-fortheeing-unto of-hollowed of-a-Suria and of-a-Foinikê unto-vied-upon unto-an-arranging-together to-have-been-given unto-the-ones-these unto-the-ones unto-mankinds into to-a-surging-unto unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged, unto-a-Zorobabel unto-a-firster-upon, into to-bulls and to-rams and to-lamblings,

6:28 θυσιας A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:29 (1Es 6:30) ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ πυρὸν καὶ ἅλα καὶ οἶνον καὶ ἔλαιον ἐνδελεχῶς κατ' ἐνιαυτόν, καθὼς ἂν οἱ ἱερεῖς οἱ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ὑπαγορεύσωσιν ἀναλίσκεσθαι καθ' ἡμέραν ἀναμφισβητήτως,

(1Es 6:30) unto-along-belonged then-also and to-a-fire and to-a-salt and to-a-wine and to-an-oillet unto-elongated-in down to-a-being-in-unto-it, down-as ever the-ones sacreders-of the-ones in unto-an-Ierousalêm they-might-have-lead-alongednessed-under-of to-be-other-alonged-up down to-a-dayedness unto-stepped-around-up,

6:29 κα (1°) B* (και Bab) | αναμφι|σβητητως B* αναμφισ|βητητως Bb αναμφισβητως A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:30 (1Es 6:31) ὅπως προσφέρωνται σπονδαὶ τῷ θεῷ τῷ ὑψίστῳ ὑπὲρ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῶν παίδων, καὶ προσεύχωνται περὶ τῆς αὐτῶν ζωῆς·

(1Es 6:31) unto-which-whither they-might-be-beared-toward libationings unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-the-one unto-most-lofteed over of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and of-the-ones of-children, and they-might-goodly-hold-toward about of-the-one of-them of-a-lifing;

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:31 (1Es 6:32) καὶ προστάξαι ἵνα ὅσοι ἐὰν παραβῶσίν τι τῶν γεγραμμένων καὶ ἀκυρώσωσιν, λημφθῆναι ξύλον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπ' αὐτοῦ κρεμασθῆναι, καὶ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ εἶναι βασιλικά.

(1Es 6:32) and to-have-arranged-toward so which-a-which if-ever they-might-have-had-stepped-beside to-a-one of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-scribed and they-might-have-en-un-authoritied, to-have-been-taken to-a-wood out of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-it and upon of-it to-have-been-hung-unto, and to-the-ones to-firsting-under of-it to-be to-ruler-belonged-of.

6:31 προσταξαι] προσεταξεν A | εαν] αν A | γεγραμμενων] προειρημενων| και των προσγεγραμμενων A | και 2°] pr η A | επ αυτου] επι τουτω A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:32 (1Es 6:33) διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ὁ κύριος, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπικέκληται ἐκεῖ, ἀφανίσαι πάντα βασιλέα καὶ ἔθνος ὃς ἐκτενεῖ χεῖρα αὐτοῦ κωλῦσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι τὸν οἶκον Κυρίου ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

(1Es 6:33) Through to-the-ones-these and the-one Authority-belonged, of-which the-one a-naming-to of-it it-had-come-to-be-called-upon-unto thither, to-have-un-manifested-to to-all to-ruler-of and to-a-placeedness-belonging-to which it-shall-stretch-out to-a-hand of-it to-have-prevented or to-have-wedge-wedge-done-unto to-the-one to-a-house of-Authority-belonged to-the-one-thither to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

6:32 Κυριου] pr του A

(409-408 B.C.)

1Es 6:33 (1Es 6:34) ἐγὼ βασιλεὺς Δαρεῖος δεδογμάτικα ἐπιμελῶς κατὰ ταῦτα γίγνεσθαι.

(1Es 6:34) I a-ruler-of a-Dareios I-had-come-to-thinking-to-to unto-vied-upon down to-the-ones-these to-become.

Note: a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

Note: I-had-come-to-thinking-to-to : Greek DOGMATIZW, DOGMA (thinking-to) incorporated into a Verb; used to refer to applying a thinking-to; i.e. in Active voice to decree to others, in Passive voice to be decreed to, in Middle voice to decree to oneself.

6:33 γινεσθαι A

(408-405 B.C.)

1Es 7:1 Τότε Σισίννης ἔπαρχος κοίλης Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης καὶ Σαθραβουζάνης καὶ οἱ συνέταιροι, κατακολουθήσαντες τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως Δαρείου προσταγεῖσιν,

To-the-one-which-also a-Sisinnês a-firster-upon of-hollowed of-a-Suria and of-a-Foinikê and a-Sathrabouzanês and the-ones comrades-together, having-pathed-along-down-unto unto-the-ones under of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-a-Dareios unto-having-had-been-arranged-toward,

Note: of-a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

7:1 επαρχος] pr ο A | Φοινεικης B* (Φοινιηκς BbA)

(408-405 B.C.)

1Es 7:2 ἐπεστάτουν τῶν ἱερῶν ἔργων ἐπιμελέστερον συνεργοῦντες τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ ἱεροστάταις.

they-were-standing-upon-unto of-the-ones of-sacred of-works to-more-concerned-upon working-together-unto unto-the-ones unto-more-eldered of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged and unto-sacred-standers.

7:2 Ιουδαιων] ιεραιων A

(408-405 B.C.)

1Es 7:3 καὶ εὔοδα ἐγίνετο τὰ ἱερὰ ἔργα, προφητευόντων Ἁγγαίου καὶ Ζαχαρίου τῶν προφητῶν.

And goodly-wayed it-was-becoming the-ones sacred works, of-declaring-before-of of-a-Haggaios and of-a-Zacharias of-the-ones of-declarers-before.

(405 B.C.)

1Es 7:4 καὶ συνετέλεσαν ταῦτα διὰ προστάγματος τοῦ κυρίου θεοῦ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ μετὰ τῆς γνώμης τοῦ Κύρου καὶ Δαρείου καὶ Ἀρταξέρξου βασιλέως Περσῶν.

And they-finished-together-unto to-the-ones-these through of-an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-a-Deity of-an-Israêl, and with of-the-one of-an-acquaintance of-the-one of-a-Kuros and of-a-Dareios and of-an-Artaxerxês of-a-ruler-of of-Persians.

Note: of-a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : an appellative for Persian kings; here refers to Darius the Mede; see table in Ezr_1:1.

7:4 του Κυριου] om του A | Αρταρξερξου A | βασιλεων A

(405 B.C.)

1Es 7:5 συνετελέσθη ὁ οἶκος ἕως τρίτης καὶ εἰκάδος μηνὸς Ἀδὰρ τοῦ ἕκτου ἔτους βασιλέως Δαρείου.

It-was-finished-together-unto the-one a-house unto-if-which of-third and of-a-twentieth of-a-month of-an-Adar of-the-one of-sixth of-a-yeareedness of-a-ruler-of of-a-Dareios.

Note: cp. Ezr_6:15, which says the day was Adar 3.

Note: of-a-Dareios : i.e. Darius Hystaspis; see table Ezr_1:1.

7:5 συνετελεσθη] pr εως του εκτου ετους Δα|ρειου βασιλεως Περσων A | οικος] + ο αγιος A

(405 B.C.)

1Es 7:6 καὶ ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας οἱ προστεθέντες ἀκολούθως τοῖς ἐν τῇ Μωσέως βίβλῳ.

And they-did-unto, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl and the-ones sacreders-of and the-ones Leuei-belongers and the-ones remaindered the-ones out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto the-ones having-been-placed-toward, unto-pathed-along unto-the-ones in unto-the-one of-a-Môseus unto-a-paper.

7:6 λοιποι] + |υιοι Ισ̅λ̅· και οι ιερεις και οι Λευ|ιται· και οι λοιποι A

(405 B.C.)

1Es 7:7 καὶ προσήνεγκαν εἰς τὸν ἐνκαινισμὸν τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ κυρίου ταύρους ἑκατόν, κριοὺς διακοσίους, ἄρνας τετρακοσίας,

And they-beared-toward into to-the-one to-a-freshening-in-to-of of-the-one of-sacred of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-bulls to-a-hundred, to-rams two-hundred, to-lamblings to-four-hundred,

7:7 εγκαινισμον BabA | τετρακοσιους A

(405 B.C.)

1Es 7:8 χιμάρους ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτίας παντὸς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ δώδεκα, πρὸς ἀριθμὸν ἐκ τῶν φυλάρχων τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ δώδεκα.

to-pour-belong-flowed over of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-all of-the-one of-an-Israêl to-two-ten, toward to-a-number out of-the-ones of-firsts-of-tribes of-the-one of-an-Israêl of-two-ten.

Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.

7:8 φυλαρχων] λαρ sup ras Aa

(405 B.C.)

1Es 7:9 καὶ ἔστησαν οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται ἐστολισμένοι κατὰ φυλὰς ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων Κυρίου θεοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἀκολούθως τῇ Μωυσέως βίβλῳ, καὶ οἱ θυρωροὶ ἐφ' ἑκάστου πυλῶνος.

And they-had-stood, the-ones sacreders-of and the-ones Leuei-belongers having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to down to-tribings, upon of-the-ones of-works of-Authority-belonged of-a-Deity of-an-Israêl unto-pathed-along unto-the-one of-a-Môuseus unto-a-paper, and the-ones portal-wardens, upon of-each of-a-gating.

Note: having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

7:9 κατα φυλας εστολισμενοι A | θεου] pr του A | Μωσεωσ A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 7:10 Καὶ ἠγάγοσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ τῶν ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τὸ πάσχα ἐν τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ πρώτου μηνός, ὅτε ἡγνίσθησαν οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται ἅμα

And they-hath-had-led, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, of-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto to-the-one to-a-Pascha in unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth of-the-one of-most-before of-a-month, which-also they-were-hallow-belonged-to the-ones sacreders-of, and the-ones Leuei-belongers along

7:10 του πασχα A | τεσσαρισκαιδεκ. Bab | οτε] οτι A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 7:11 καὶ πάντες οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας· ὅτι ἡγνίσθησαν. ὅτι οἱ Λευεῖται ἅμα πάντες ἡγνίσθησαν,

and all the-ones sons of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto; to-which-a-one they-were-hallow-belonged-to, to-which-a-one the-ones Leuei-belongers along all they-were-hallow-belonged-to,

(404 B.C.)

1Es 7:12 καὶ ἔθυσαν τὸ πάσχα πᾶσιν τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτῶν τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν καὶ ἑαυτοῖς.

and they-surged to-the-one to-a-Pascha unto-all unto-the-ones unto-sons of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto and unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-them unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of and unto-selves.

(404 B.C.)

1Es 7:13 καὶ ἐφάγοσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ οἱ ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας, πάντες οἱ χωρισθέντες ἀπὸ τῶν βδελυγμάτων τῶν ἐθνῶν τῆς γῆς, ζητοῦντες τὸν κύριον.

And they-hath-had-devoured, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl the-ones out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto, all the-ones having-been-spaced-to off of-the-ones of-abhorrerings-to of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-one of-a-soil, seeking-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged.

(404 B.C.)

1Es 7:14 καὶ ἠγάγοσαν τὴν ἑορτὴν τῶν ἀζύμων ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας εὐφραινόμενοι ἔναντι Κυρίου,

And they-hath-had-led to-the-one to-a-festival of-the-ones of-un-fermented to-seven to-dayednesses being-goodly-centered in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged,

7:14 Κυριου] pr του A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 7:15 ὅτι μετέστρεψεν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀσσυρίων ἐπ' αὐτούς, κατισχῦσαι τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου θεοῦ Ἰσραήλ.

to-which-a-one it-beturned-with to-the-one to-a-purposing of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-Assur-belonged upon to-them, to-have-force-held-down to-the-ones to-hands of-them upon to-the-ones to-works of-Authority-belonged of-a-Deity of-an-Israêl.

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:1 Καὶ μεταγενέστερος τούτων ἐστίν, βασιλεύοντος Ἀρταξέρξου τοῦ βασιλέως Περσῶν, προσέβη Ἔσρας Ἀζαραίου τοῦ Ζεχρίου τοῦ Χελκείου τοῦ Σαλήμου

And more-becominged-with of-the-ones-these it-be, of-rulering-of of-an-Artaxerxês of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-Persians, it-had-stepped-toward, an-Esras of-an-Azaraias of-the-one of-a-Zechrias of-the-one of-a-Chelkeias of-the-one of-a-Salêmos

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : an appellative for Persian kings; here refers to Darius Hystaspis; see table in Ezr_1:1.

8:1 εστιν· B εστῑ·| A (και . . . εστιν ad praeced vid pertinere in B) | Αρταρξερξ. A (item 6, 8, 9, 19, 28) | Περσων βασιλεως A | Εζρας A (Εζρ ubique exc IX 1) | Αζαραιου] Σαραιου A | Ζεχριου] Εζεριου A | Χελκιου Bb A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:2 τοῦ Σαδδουλούκου τοῦ Ἀχειτὼβ τοῦ Ἀμαρθείου τοῦ Ὀζείου τοῦ Βοκκὰ τοῦ Ἀβεισαὶ τοῦ Φεινεὲς τοῦ Ἐλεαζὰρ τοῦ Ἀαρὼν τοῦ πρώτου ἱερέως.

of-the-one of-a-Saddouloukos of-the-one of-an-Acheitôb of-the-one of-an-Amartheias of-the-one of-an-Ozeias of-the-one of-a-Bokka of-the-one of-an-Abeisai of-the-one of-a-Feinees of-the-one of-an-Eleazar of-the-one of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-most-before of-a-sacreder-of.

8:2 Σαδδουλουκου] Σαδ|δουκου A | Αχιτωβ A | Αμαρθειου] Αμαριου A | Οζειου] Οζιου Bb Εζιου A + του Μαρερωθ· του| Ζαραιου· του Σαουια· A | Αβισουαι A | Φινεες A | Ελεαζαρ] ras aliq in ζ B? (forte Ελεαρ.. B*) | πρωτου ιερεως] ιερεως του πρωτου A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:3 οὗτος Ἔσρας ἀνέβη ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος ὡς γραμματεὺς εὐφυὴς ὢν ἐν τῷ Μωυσέως νόμῳ τῷ ἐκδεδομένῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ,

The-one-this an-Esras it-had-stepped-up out of-a-Babulôn as a-scribing-toer-of goodly-spawninged being in unto-the-one of-a-Môuseus unto-a-parcelee unto-the-one unto-having-had-come-to-be-given-out under of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-one of-an-Israêl,

8:3 νομω Μωυσεως A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:4 καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεὺς δόξαν, εὑρόντος χάριν ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἀξιώματα αὐτοῦ.

and it-gave unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, to-a-reckonedness, of-having-had-found to-a-granting to-ever-a-oned-in of-it upon to-all to-the-ones to-en-deem-belongings-to of-it.

8:4 ευροντες A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:5 καὶ συνανέβησαν ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τῶν ἱερέων καὶ Λευειτῶν καὶ ἱεροψαλτῶν καὶ θυρωρῶν καὶ ἱεροδούλων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ,

And they-had-stepped-up-together out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl and of-the-ones of-sacreders-of and of-Leuei-belongers and of-sacred-twangers and of-portal-wardens and of-sacred-bondees into to-an-Ierousalêm,

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:6 ἔτους ἑβδόμου βασιλεύοντος Ἀρταξέρξου ἐν τῷ πέμπτῳ μηνί· οὗτος ἐνιαυτὸς ὁ δεύτερος βασιλεῖ· ἐξελθόντος γὰρ ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος τῇ νουμηνίᾳ τοῦ πρώτου μηνὸς παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῖς εὐοδίαν παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἐπ' αὐτῷ.

of-a-yeareedness of-seventh of-rulering-of of-an-Artaxerxês in unto-the-one unto-fifth unto-a-month; the-one-this a-being-in-unto-it the-one second unto-a-ruler-of; of-having-had-came-out too-thus out of-a-Babulôn unto-the-one unto-a-new-monthing-unto of-the-one of-most-before of-a-month they-had-became-beside into to-an-Ierousalêm down to-the-one to-having-been-given unto-them to-a-goodly-waying-unto beside of-the-one of-Authority-belonged upon unto-it.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : an appellative for Persian kings; here refers to Darius Hystaspis; see table in Ezr_1:1.

8:6 ενιαυτος ο δευτερος] ο ενιαυτος εβδομος A | βασιλει] pr τω A | εξελθοντες A | μηνος] + εν τη νουμηνια·| του πεμπτου μηνος A | Ιεροσολυμα A | om επ αυτω A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:7 ὁ γὰρ Ἀψάρας πολλὴν ἐπιστήμην περιεῖχεν, εἰς τὸ μηδὲν παραλειπεῖν τῶν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου Κυρίου καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐντολῶν πάντα τὸν Ἰσραήλ, δικαιώματα καὶ κρίματα.

The-one too-thus an-Apsaras to-much to-a-standing-upon it-was-holding-about, into to-the-one to-lest-then-also-one to-have-had-remaindered-beside of-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-Authority-belonged and out of-the-ones of-finishings-in to-all to-the-one to-an-Israêl, to-en-course-belongings-to and to-separatings-to.

8:7 Αψαρας] Εζρας A | παραλιπειν Bb | om εκ 2° A | εντολων] + διδαξαι A | τον παντα Ισ̅λ̅ A | δικαιωματα (διωματα B* superscr κ Bab)] pr παντα| τα A | κριματα] pr τα A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:8 Προσπεσόντος παρὰ Ἀρταξέρξου βασιλέως πρὸς Ἔσραν τὸν ἱερέα καὶ ἀναγνώστην τοῦ νόμου Κυρίου, οὗ ἐστιν ἀντίγραφον τὸ ὑποκείμενον

Of-having-had-fallen-toward beside of-an-Artaxerxês of-a-ruler-of toward to-an-Esras to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of and to-an-acquainter-up of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-Authority-belonged, of-which it-be ever-a-one-scribed the-one being-situated-under,

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : an appellative for Persian kings; here refers to Darius Hystaspis; see table in Ezr_1:1.

8:8 προσπεσοντος] + δε του γραφεντος προσταγματος A | βασιλεως] pr του A | ιερεαν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:9 Βασιλεὺς Ἀρταξέρξης Ἔσρᾳ τῷ ἱερεῖ καὶ ἀναγνώστῃ τοῦ νόμου Κυρίου χαίρειν.

A-ruler-of an-Artaxerxês unto-an-Esras unto-the-one unto-a-sacreder-of and unto-an-acquainter-up of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-Authority-belonged to-joy.

Note: an-Artaxerxês : an appellative for Persian kings; here refers to Darius Hystaspis; see table in Ezr_1:1.

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:10 καὶ τὰ φιλάνθρωπα ἐγὼ κρίνας προσέταξα τοὺς βουλομένους ἐκ τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων αἱρετίζοντας καὶ τῶν ἱερέων καὶ τῶν Λευειτῶν καὶ τῶνδε ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ βασιλείᾳ συμπορεύεσθαί σοι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ.

And to-the-ones to-mankind-cared I having-separated I-arranged-toward to-the-ones to-purposing out of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged to-sectioning-along-to and of-the-ones of-sacreders and of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers and of-the-ones-then-also in unto-the-one unto-ours unto-a-ruling-of to-be-traversed-together-of unto-thee into to-an-Ierousalêm.

8:10 και τωνδε] οντω| δε A | ημετερα] ημερα A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:11 ὅσοι οὖν ἐνθυμοῦνται, συνεξορμάσθωσαν, καθάπερ δέδοκται ἐμοί τε καὶ τοῖς ἑπτὰ φίλοις συμβουλευταῖς·

Which-a-which accordingly they-be-passioned-in-unto, they-should-be-out-corded-unto, down-to-which-very it-had-come-think-unto unto-me also and unto-the-ones unto-seven unto-cared unto-purposers-together-of;

8:11 συνεξορματωσαν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:12 ὅπως ἐπισκέψωνται κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ κατὰ Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἀκολούθως ᾧ ἔχει νόμῳ Κυρίου,

unto-which-whither they-might-have-scouted-upon down to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia and down to-an-Ierousalêm unto-pathed-along unto-which it-holdeth unto-a-parcelee of-Authority-belonged,

8:12 κατα 1°] pr τα A | om κατα 2° A | ω] ως A | νομω] pr εν τω A | Κυριου] pr του A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:13 καὶ ἀπενεγκεῖν δῶρα τῷ κυρίῳ ἃ ηὐξάμην ἐγώ τε καὶ οἱ φίλοι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ πᾶν χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον ὃ ἐὰν εὑρεθῇ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας τῷ κυρίῳ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ (1Es 8:14) σὺν τῷ δεδωρημένῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἔθνους εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν τὸ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ

and to-have-had-beared-off to-gifts unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged to-which I-had-goodly-held I also and the-ones cared into to-an-Ierousalêm, and to-all to-a-goldlet and to-a-silverlet to-which if-ever it-might-have-been-found in unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness of-the-one of-a-Babulônia unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged into to-an-Ierousalêm (1Es 8:14) together unto-the-one unto-having-had-come-to-be-gifted-unto under of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to into to-the-one to-sacred of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-them to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm

8:13-15 εις Ιερουσαλημ . . . ωστε in mg et sup ras Aa

8:13 τω κυριω (1°)] + του Ισ̅λ̅ A | om τω κυριω (2°) A | κυριου] + θῡ A | αυτων] διαιτων Aa

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:14 συναχθῆναι, τό τε χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον εἰς ταύρους καὶ κριοὺς καὶ ἄρνας καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἀκόλουθα,

to-have-been-led-together, to-the-one also to-a-goldlet and to-a-silverlet into to-bulls and to-rams and to-lamblings and to-the-ones unto-the-ones-these to-pathed-along,

8:13-15 εις Ιερουσαλημ . . . ωστε in mg et sup ras Aa

8:14 om τε Aa

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:15 ὥστε προσενεγκεῖν θυσίας ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν τὸ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

as-also to-have-had-beared-toward to-surgings-unto upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-them to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

8:13-15 εις Ιερουσαλημ . . . ωστε in mg et sup ras Aa

8:15 θυσιασς] + τω κω̅ A | κυριου] θῡ A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:16 καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἂν βούλῃ μετὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου ποιῆσαι χρυσίῳ καὶ ἀργυρίῳ, ἐπιτέλει κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ σου·

And to-all to-which-a-which ever thou-might-purpose with of-the-ones of-brethrened of-thee to-have-done-unto unto-a-goldlet and unto-a-silverlet, thou-should-finish-upon-unto down to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee;

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:17 καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἱερὰ σκεύη σου τὰ διδόμενα εἰς τὴν χρείαν τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ θεοῦ σου τοῦ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ. (1Es 8:18) καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ὅσα ἂν ὑποπίπτῃ σοι εἰς τὴν χρείαν τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ θεοῦ σου

and down to-the-ones to-sacred to-equipeednesses of-thee to-the-ones to-being-given into to-the-one to-an-affording-of of-the-one of-sacred of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee of-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm. (1Es 8:18) And to-the-ones to-remaindered to-which-a-which ever it-might-fall-under unto-thee into to-the-one to-an-affording-of of-the-one of-sacred of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee

8:17 om κατα A | σου 1°] του κυ̅ A | διδομενα] + οι A* (σοι A1) | αν] εαν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:18 δώσεις ἐκ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ γαζοφυλακίου.

thou-shall-give out of-the-one of-ruler-belonged-of of-a-treasure-guarderylet.

8:18 βασιλικου] ιερου A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:19 καὶ ἐγὼ ἰδοὺ Ἀρταξέρξης ὁ βασιλεὺς προσέταξα τοῖς γαζοφύλαξι Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης, ἵνα ὅσα ἂν ἀποστείλῃ Ἔσδρας ὁ ἱερεὺς καὶ ἀναγνώστης τοῦ νόμου τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου ἐπιμελῶς διδῶσιν αὐτῷ (1Es 8:20) ἕως ἀργυρίου ταλάντων ἑκατόν,

And I, thou-should-have-had-seen, an-Artaxerxês the-one a-ruler-of, I-arranged-toward unto-the-ones unto-treasure-guarders of-a-Suria and of-a-Foinikê, so to-which-a-which ever it-might-have-set-off, an-Esdras the-one a-sacreder-of and an-acquainter-up of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one of-a-Deity of-the-one of-most-lofteed, unto-vied-upon they-might-give unto-it (1Es 8:20) unto-if-which of-a-silverlet of-talantons of-a-hundred,

Note: an-Artaxerxês : an appellative for Persian kings; here refers to Darius Hystaspis; see table in Ezr_1:1.

8:19 και εγω ιδου] καγω δε A | Αρταξερξης (Αρταρξ. Bab) ο βασιελευς] ο βασιλευς Αρταρ|ξερξης A | γαζοφυλαξιν A | Φοινεικ. B* (Φοινικ. BbA: item 23) | αν] εαν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:20 ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἕως πυροῦ κόρων ἑκατὸν καὶ οἴνου μετρητῶν ἑκατόν.

unto-along-belonged then-also unto-if-which of-a-wheat of-kor' of-a-hundred and of-a-wine of-measurers of-a-hundred.

Note: of-kor' : largest Hebrew dry measure, about 64 gallons.

Note: of-measurers : 1 measurer = a liquid or dry measure of about 9 gallons.

8:20 εκατον 2°] + και αλλα εκ πληθους| παντα A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:21 κατὰ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ νόμον ἐπιτελεσθήτω τῷ θεῷ τῷ ὑψίστῳ, ἕνεκα τοῦ μὴ γενέσθαι ὀργὴν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῶν υἱῶν.

Down to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity to-a-parcelee it-should-have-been-finished-upon-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity unto-the-one unto-most-lofteed, to-in-out-which of-the-one lest to-have-had-became to-a-stressing into to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and of-the-ones of-sons.

8:21 επιτελεσθητω] + επιμελως A | εις] επι A | υιων] + αυτου A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:22 καὶ ὑμῖν δὲ λέγεται ὅπως πᾶσι τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς Λευείταις καὶ ἱεροψάλταις καὶ θυρωροῖς καὶ ἱεροδούλοις καὶ πραγματικοῖς τοῦ ἱεροῦ τούτου μηδεμία φορολογία μηδὲ ἄλλη ἐπιβολὴ γίνηται, μηδένα ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν ἐπιβαλεῖν τούτοις.

And unto-ye then-also it-be-forthed unto-which-whither unto-all unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of and unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers and unto-sacred-twangers and unto-portal-wardens and unto-sacred-bondees and unto-practicing-to-belonged-of of-the-one of-sacred of-the-one-this lest-then-also-one a-bearee-fortheeing-unto lest-then-also other a-casting-upon it-might-become, to-lest-then-also-one to-hold to-a-being-out-unto to-have-had-casted-upon unto-the-ones-these.

8:22 πασιν A | ιεροψαλταις] pr τους A | τουτου A] του B | αλλη επιβουλη] αλλα βουλη A | γιγνηται A | μηδενα εχειν εξουσιαν] και εξουσιαν μηδενα εχειν A | επιβαλειν] + τι A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:23 καὶ σύ, Ἔσρα, κατὰ τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀνάδειξον κριτὰς καὶ δικαστάς, ὅπως δικάζωσιν ἐν ὅλῃ Συρίᾳ καὶ Φοινίκῃ πάντας τοὺς ἐπισταμένους τὸν νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ σου· καὶ τοὺς μὴ ἐπισταμένους διδάξεις.

And thou, Esras, down to-the-one to-a-wisdoming-unto of-the-one of-a-Deity thou-should-have-en-showed-up to-separaters and to-coursers, unto-which-whither they-might-course-to in unto-whole unto-a-Suria and unto-a-Foinikê to-all to-the-ones to-standing-upon to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee; and to-the-ones lest to-standing-upon thou-shall-veer-veerate.

8:23 επισταμενους] + δε A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:24 καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐὰν παραβαίνωσι καὶ τὸν νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ σου καὶ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ ἐπιμελῶς κολασθήσονται, ἐάν τε καὶ θανάτῳ ἐάν τε καὶ τιμωρίᾳ, μὴ ἀργυρίῳ ζημίᾳ ἢ ἀπαγωγῇ.

And all which-a-which if-ever they-might-step-beside and to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-the-one of-a-Deity of-thee and of-the-one of-ruler-belonged-of unto-vied-upon they-shall-be-strictured-to, if-ever also and unto-a-death if-ever also and unto-a-value-warding-unto, lest unto-a-silverlet unto-a-damaging-unto or unto-a-leading-off.

8:24 παραβαινουσιν A | om και 2° A | τον βασιλεικον A | μη] η A | αργυριω] αργυρικη A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:25 εὐλογητὸς μόνος ὁ κύριος ὁ δοὺς ταῦτα εἰς τὴν καρδίαν μου τοῦ βασιλέως, δοξάσαι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ τὸν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

Goodly-fortheeable stayeed the-one Authority-belonged the-one having-had-given to-the-ones-these into to-the-one to-a-heart of-me of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, to-have-reckoned-to to-the-one to-a-house of-it to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

8:25 ευλογητος] pr και ειπεν Εζρας ο γραμματευς·| A | κυριος] + των πα|τερων μου A | om μου A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:26 καὶ ἐμὲ ἐτίμησεν ἔναντι τῶν βασιλευόντων καὶ πάντων τῶν φίλων καὶ μεγιστάνων αὐτοῦ.

And to-ME it-valuated-unto in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-rulering-of and of-all of-the-ones of-cared and of-most-greats of-it.

8:26 εναντιον A | των βασιλευοντων] του βασιλεως· και των συμβα|σιλευοντων· A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:27 καὶ ἐγὼ εὐθαρσὴς ἐγενόμην κατὰ τὴν ἀντίλημψιν Κυρίου θεοῦ μου, καὶ συνήγαγον ἐκ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἄνδρας ὥστε συναναβῆναί μοι.

And I goodly-bravinged I-had-became down to-the-one to-an-ever-a-one-taking of-Authority-belonged of-a-Deity of-me, and I-had-led-together out of-the-one of-an-Israêl to-men as-also to-have-had-stepped-up-together unto-me.

8:27 και εγω] καγω A | θεου] pr του A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:28 Καὶ οὗτοι οἱ προηγούμενοι κατὰ τὰς πατριὰς αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς μεριδαρχίας, οἱ ἀναβάντες μετ' ἐμοῦ ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ Ἀρταξέρξου τοῦ βασιλέως.

And the-ones-these the-ones leading-before-unto down to-the-ones to-fatherings-unto of-them and to-the-ones to-portioned-firstings-unto, the-ones having-had-stepped-up with of-ME out of-a-Babulôn in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-an-Artaxerxês of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

Note: of-an-Artaxerxês : an appellative for Persian kings; here refers to Darius Hystaspis; see table in Ezr_1:1.

8:28 αναβαντες] αναβαινοντες A | Αραρξερξου BabA

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:29 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Φορός, Ταροσότομος· ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰεταμάρου, Γάμηλος· τῶν υἱῶν Δαυείδ,

Out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Foros, a-Tarosotomos; out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Ietamaros, a-Gamêlos; of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Daueid,

8:29 Φορος] Φινεες A | Ταροσοτομος] Γηρσων A | Ιεταμαρου] Ιθαμαρ A | Γαμηλος] Γαμαηλ A | tων υιων 3°] pr εκ A | Δαυειδ] + Αττους| ο Σεχενιου A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:30 Φαρές, Ζαχαρίας, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ γραφῆς ἄνδρες ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα·

a-Fares, a-Zacharias, and with of-it off of-a-scribing men a-hundred fifty;

8:30 Φαρες] των υιων Φορος A | Ζαχαριας και] ζαι (sic) A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:31 ἐκ τῶν Μααθμωάβ, Ἐλιαλωνίας Ζαραίου, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες διακόσιοι·

out of-the-ones of-a-Maathmôab, an-Elialônias of-a-Zaraias, and with of-it men two-hundred;

8:31 Μααθμωαβ] υιων Φααθ’μ. A | Ελιαωνιας A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:32 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ζαθοής, Εἰεχονίας Ἰεθήλου, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες διακόσιοι· τῶν υἱῶν Ἀδείν, Οὐβὴν Ἰωνάθου, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες διακόσιοι πεντήκοντα·

out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Zathoês, an-Eiechonias of-an-Iethêlos, and with of-it men two-hundred; of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Adein, an-Oubên of-an-Iônathês, and with of-it men two-hundred fifty;

8:32 Ειεχονιας (Ιεχ. Bb)] Σεχενιας A | Ιεθηλου] Ιεζηλου A | διακοσιου 1°] τριακοσιοι A | των υιων 2°] pr εκ A | Αδιν A | Ουβην] Ωβηθ A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:33 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Λάμ, Ἐσίας Γοθολίου, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες ἑβδομήκοντα·

out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Lam, an-Esias of-a-Gotholias, and with of-it men seventy;

8:33 Λαμ] Ελαμ A | Εσιας] Ιεσσιας A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:34 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Σοφοτίου, Ζαραίας Μειχαήλου, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες ἑβδομήκοντα·

out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Sofotias, a-Zaraias of-a-Meichaêlos, and with of-it men seventy;

8:34 om A | Μιχαηλου Bb

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:35 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰωάβ, Ἀβαδίας Ἰεζήλου, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες διακόσιοι δέκα δύο·

out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Iôab, an-Abadias of-an-Iezêlos, and with of-it men two-hundred ten two;

8:35 δεκα δυο] δωδεκα A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:36 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Βανιάς, Σαλειμὼθ Ἰωσαφίου, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες ἑκατὸν ἑξήκοντα·

out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Bania, a-Saleimôth of-an-Iôsafias, and with of-it men a-hundred sixty;

8:36 Βανιας (Βανειας Bab) Σαλειμωθ] Βανι· Ασσαλιμωθ’ A | εκατον εξηκοντα] εξηκ. και εκατον A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:37 ἐκ τῶν Βαιήρ, Ζαχαριαὶ Βημαί, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες εἴκοσι ὀκτώ·

out of-the-ones of-a-Baiêr, a-Zachariai of-a-Bêmai, and with of-it men twenty eight;

8:37 Βαιηρ] υιων Βαβι A | Ζαχαριας A | Βημαι] Βιβαι A | οκτω| A (sic)

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:38 υἱοὶ Ἀστάθ, Ἰωάνης Ἁκατάν, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες ἑκατὸν δέκα·

sons of-an-Astath, an-Iôanês of-a-Hakatan, and with of-it men a-hundred ten;

8:38 υιοι] εκ των υιων A | Ιωαννης A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:39 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἀδωνιακαὶμ οἱ ἔσχατοι, καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν· Ἐλειφάλα τοῦ Γεουὴλ καὶ Σαμαίας, καὶ μετ' αὐτῶν ἄνδρες ἑβδομήκοντα·

out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Adôniakaim the-ones most-bordered, and the-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-them; an-Eleifala of-the-one of-a-Geouêl and a-Samaias, and with of-them men seventy;

8:39 Αδωνικαμ A | ταυτα τα] τα τα B | Ελειφαλα του Γεουηλ] Ελι|φαλατος· Ιεουηλ’· A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:40 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Βαναὶ Οὐτοὺ Ἰστακάλκου, καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες ἑβδομήκοντα.

out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Banai, an-Outou of-an-Istakalkos, and with of-it men seventy.

8:40 Βαναι Ουτου Ιστακαλκου] Βαγο· Ουθι ο του Ισταλκουρου A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:41 Καὶ συναγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν λεγόμενον Ποταμόν, καὶ παρενεβάλομεν αὐτόθι ἡμέρας τρεῖς, καὶ κατέμαθον αὐτούς.

And having-had-led-together to-them upon to-the-one to-being-forthed to-a-Drinkationing-of, and we-had-casted-in-beside to-it-placed to-dayednesses to-three, and I-had-learned-down to-them.

8:41 συναγαγων] συνηγα̅γ̅ο̅ν̅ A | ποταμον] pr Θεραν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:42 καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἱερέων καὶ ἐκ τῶν Λευειτῶν οὐχ εὑρὼν ἐκεῖ,

And out of-the-ones of-sacreders-of and out of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers not having-had-found thither,

8:42 ιερεων] υιων των ιεραιων A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:43 ἀπέστειλα πρὸς Ἐλεάζαρον καὶ Ἰδούηλον καὶ Μαασμᾶν (1Es 8:44) καὶ Ἐναατὰν καὶ Σαμαίαν καὶ Ἰώριβον, Ναθάν, Ἐννατάν, Ζαχαρίαν καὶ Μεσολαβών, τοὺς ἡγουμένους καὶ ἐπιστήμονας,

I set-off toward to-an-Eleazaros and to-an-Idouêlos and to-a-Maasmas (1Es 8:44) and to-an-Enaatan and to-a-Samaias and to-an-Iôribos, to-a-Nathan, to-an-Ennatan, to-a-Zacharias and to-a-Mesolabôn, to-the-ones to-leading-unto and to-standinged-upon-of,

8:43 Ενααταν] Ελναθαν A | Μεσολαβων] Μοσολλαμον A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:44 (1Es 8:45) καὶ εἶπα αὐτοῖς ἐλθεῖν πρὸς Λααδαῖον τὸν ἡγούμενον τὸν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ γαζοφυλακίου,

(1Es 8:45) and I-said unto-them to-have-had-came toward to-a-Laadaios to-the-one to-leading-unto to-the-one in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion of-a-treasure-guarderylet,

8:44 Λααδαιον] Δολδαιον A | γαζοφυλαικιου] pr του A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:45 (1Es 8:46) ἐντειλάμενος αὐτοῖς διαλεγῆναι Λοδαίῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ γαζοφύλαξιν ἀποστεῖλαι ἡμῖν τοὺς ἱερατεύσαντας ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν,

(1Es 8:46) having-finished-in unto-them to-have-been-forthed-through unto-a-Lodaios and unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-it and unto-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-treasure-guaders to-have-set-off unto-us to-the-ones to-having-sacredered-of in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us,

8:45 διαλεγηναι] διαλεχθηναι A | Λοδαιω] Δολδαιω A | ιερατευσοντας Bab | τω οικω] τοπω A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:46 (1Es 8:47) ἄνδρα ἐπιστήμονα, τῶν υἱῶν Μοολεὶ τοῦ Λευεὶ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ Ἀσεβηβίαν, καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφούς δέκα·

(1Es 8:47) to-a-man to-standinged-upon-of, of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Moolei of-the-one of-a-Leuei of-the-one of-an-Israêl to-an-Asebêbias, and to-the-ones to-sons and to-the-ones to-brethrened to-ten;

8:46 ανδρα επιστημονα] και ηγαγεν ημιν κατα την κραται|αν χειρα του κυ̅ ημων ανδρας επιστημονας A | Μοολι A | Λευι A | υιους] + αυτου A | δεκα] οντας (sup ras Aa) δεκα οκτω A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:47 (1Es 8:48) οἱ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Χανουναίου καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν, εἴκοσι ἄνδρες·

(1Es 8:48) the-ones out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Chanounaios and the-ones sons of-them, twenty men;

8:47 οι 1°] και Ασεβιαν· και Αννουνον και Ωσαιαν αδελφον A | Χανουναιου και sup ras Aa? | ανδρες εικοσι A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:48 (1Es 8:49) καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἱεροδούλων ὧν ἔδωκεν Δαυεὶδ καὶ οἱ ἡγούμενοι εἰς τὴν ἐργασίαν τῶν Λευειτῶν ἱερόδουλοι, διακόσιοι εἴκοσι· πάντων ἐσημάνθη ὀνοματογραφία.

(1Es 8:49) and out of-the-ones of-sacred-bondees of-which it-gave, a-Daueid and the-ones leading-unto, into to-the-one to-a-working-unto of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers, sacred-bondees two-hundred twenty; of-all it-was-signified a-naming-to-scribing-unto.

8:48 ιεροδουλους διακοσιους A | εικοσι] pr και A | εσημανθη] ονομασθη A | ονοματογραφια] pr η A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:49 (1Es 8:50) καὶ εὐξάμην ἐκεῖ νηστείαν τοῖς νεανίσκοις ἔναντι κυρίου ἡμῶν,

(1Es 8:50) And I-goodly-held thither to-a-non-eating-of unto-the-ones unto-new-belongings-of in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged of-us,

8:49 ηυξαμην A | τοις νεανισκοις νηστιαν A | κυριου] + του θῡ A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:50 ζητῆσαι παρ' αὐτοῦ εὐοδίαν ἡμῖν τε καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν καὶ κτήνεσιν.

to-have-sought-unto beside of-it to-a-goodly-waying-unto unto-us also and unto-the-ones unto-creationees of-us and unto-befoundeednesses.

Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

8:50 τεκνοις] pr συνουσειν (sic) ημιν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:51 ἐνετράπην γὰρ ἱππεῖς καὶ πεζοὺς προπομπὴν ἕνεκεν ἀσφαλείας τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους ἡμῖν.

I-had-been-turned-in too-thus to-horsers-of and to-afoot to-a-volleying-before in-out-in of-an-un-befailing-of of-the-one toward to-the-ones to-ever-a-oned-in unto-us.

8:51 ιππεις και πεζους] αι|τησαι τον βασιλεα πεζζους (sic) τε·| και ιππεις και A | ασφαλιας A | εναντιους] εναντιουμενους A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:52 εἴπαμεν γὰρ τῷ βασιλεῖ ὅτι Ἰσχὺς τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ἔσται μετὰ τῶν ἐπιζητούντων αὐτὸν εἰς πᾶσαν ἐπανόρθωσιν.

We-said too-thus unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-which-a-one, A-force-holding of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us it-shall-be with of-the-ones of-seeking-upon-unto to-it into to-all to-an-en-straightly-jutting-up-upon.

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:53 καὶ πάλιν ἐδεήθημεν τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν πάντα ταῦτα, καὶ ἐτύχομεν εὐιλάτου.

And unto-furthered we-were-binded of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us to-all to-the-ones-these, and we-had-actuanated of-goodly-sectionated.

8:53 παντα] κατα A | ετυχομεν ευιλατου] ιλατου (ιλαστου Aa?) ετυχομεν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:54 καὶ ἐχώρισα τῶν φυλάρχων τῶν ἱερέων ἄνδρας δέκα δύο, καὶ Ἐσερεβίαν καὶ Ἁσσαμίαν, καὶ μετ' αὐτῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτῶν ἄνδρας δέκα.

And I-spaced-to of-the-ones of-firsts-of-tribes of-the-ones to-sacreders-of to-men to-ten to-two, and to-an-Eserebias and to-a-Hassamias, and with of-them out of-the-ones of-brethrened of-them to-men to-ten.

8:54 ανδρας 1°] α 2° sup ras Aa | δεκα δυο] δωδεκα A | Ασαμιαν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:55 καὶ ἔστησα αὐτοῖς τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὸ χρυσίον καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ σκεύη τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν· οὕτως ἐδωρήσατο ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ οἱ σύμβουλοι αὐτοῦ καὶ εγιστᾶνες καὶ πᾶς Ἰσραήλ.

And I-stood unto-them to-the-one to-a-silverlet and to-the-one to-a-goldlet and to-the-ones to-sacred to-equipeednesses of-the-one of-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us; unto-the-one-this it-gifted-unto, the-one a-ruler-of and the-ones purposers-together of-it and most-greats and all an-Israêl.

8:55 μεγιστανες] pr οι A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:56 καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς στήσας τάλαντα ἀργυρίου ἑξακόσια πεντήκοντα, καὶ σκεύη ἀργυρᾶ ταλάντων ἑκατόν, καὶ χρυσίου ταλάντων ἑκατόν, (1Es 8:57) χρυσώματα εἴκοσι, καὶ σκεύη χαλκᾶ ἀπὸ χαλκοῦ χρηστοῦ στίλβοντα σκεύη δέκα.

And it-gave-beside unto-them having-stood to-talantons of-a-silverlet to-six-hundred to-fifty, and to-equipeednesses to-silvern of-talantons of-a-hundred, and of-a-goldlet of-talantons of-a-hundred, (1Es 8:57) to-en-goldings-to to-twenty, and to-equipeednesses to-coppern off of-a-copper of-afforded to-glimmering to-equipeednesses to-ten.

8:56 παρεδωκεν αυτοις (Bab: αυτους B*) στησας] στησας παρεδωνα αυτοις A | αργυριου ταλαντα A | πεντηκοντα] pr και A | αργυρεα A | om χρυσιου ταλαντων εκατον A | χαλκα] χαλκαια A | χρηστου χαλκου A | σκευη 3°] pr χρυσοειδη A | δεκα] δωδεκα A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:57 (1Es 8:58) καὶ εἶπα αὐτοῖς Καὶ ὑμεῖς ἅγιοί ἐστε τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἅγια καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὸ χρυσίον ὐχὴ τῷ κυρίῳ, κυρίῳ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν.

(1Es 8:58) And I-said unto-them, And ye hallow-belonged ye-be unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged, and to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged and to-the-one to-a-silverlet and to-the-one to-a-goldlet a-goodly-holding unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged, unto-Authority-belonged of-the-ones of-fathers of-us.

8:57 τω κυριω (1°)] + ·κς̅ A | τα αγια] om τα A | το χρυσιον και το αργυριον A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:58 (1Es 8:59) ἀγρυπνεῖτε καὶ φυλάσσετε ἕως τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὰ ὑμᾶς τοῖς φυλάρχοις τῶν ἱερέων καὶ τῶν Λευειτῶν καὶ τοῖς ἡγουμένοις τῶν πατριῶν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐν τοῖς παστοφορίοις τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν.

(1Es 8:59) Ye-should-field-sleep-unto and ye-should-guarder unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-had-given-beside to-them to-ye unto-the-ones unto firsts-of-tribes of-the-ones of-sacreders-of and of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers and unto-the-ones unto-leading-unto of-the-ones of-fatherings-unto of-the-one of-an-Israêl in unto-an-Ierousalêm in unto-the-ones unto-chamber-beareelets of-the-one of-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us.

8:58 φυλασσετε (φυλασσεται A) εως] αι ε sup ras A | γηουμενοις] ηγεμονοις A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:59 (1Es 8:60) καὶ οἱ παραλαβόντες οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὸ χρυσίον καὶ τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἤνεγκαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ κυρίου.

(1Es 8:60) And the-ones having-had-taken-beside the-ones sacreders-of and the-ones Leuei-belongers to-the-one to-a-silverlet and to-the-one to-a-goldlet and to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones in unto-an-Ierousalêm they-beared into to-the-one to-sacred of-the-one of-Authority-belonged.

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:60 (1Es 8:61) Καὶ ἀναζεύξαντες ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου Θερὰ τῇ δωδεκάτῃ τοῦ πρώτου μηνὸς ἕως ἤλθοσαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ κατὰ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν τὴν ἐφ' ἡμῖν· καὶ ἐρύσατο ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς εἰσόδου ἀπὸ παντὸς ἐχθροῦ· καὶ ἦλθον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ.

(1Es 8:61) And having-en-coupled-up off of-the-one of-an-occasion of-a-Thera unto-the-one unto-two-tenth of-the-one of-most-before of-a-month unto-if-which they-hath-had-came into to-an-Ierousalêm down to-the-one to-secure-belonged to-a-hand of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us to-the-one upon unto-us; and it-tracted to-us off of-the-one of-a-way-into off of-all of-en-enmitied; and they-had-came into to-an-Ierousalêm.

8:60 τοπου] ποταμου A | δωδεκατη του] η τ sup ras Aa | om πρωτου A | ηλθοσαν] εισηλ|θομεν A | eρρυσατου A | εισοδου] + κς̅ A | ηλθον] ηλθεν B ηλθομεν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:61 (1Es 8:62) καὶ γενομένης αὐτόθι ἡμέρας τρίτης, σταθὲν τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὸ χρυσίον παρεδόθη ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ Κυρίου Μαρμωθὶ Οὐρεία ἱερεῖ,

(1Es 8:62) And of-having-had-became to-it-placed of-a-dayedness of-third, having-been-stood the-one a-silverlet and the-one a-goldet it-was-given-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-Authority-belonged unto-a-Marmôthi of-an-Oureias unto-a-sacreder-of,

8:61 σταθεν] pr τη δε ημερα τη τε|ταρτη A | Κυριου] του κυ̅ ημων A | Μαρμαθι· A | Ουριο Bb Ουρι A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:62 (1Es 8:63) καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ τοῦ Φεινεές· καὶ ἦσαν μετ' αὐτῶν Ἰωσαβεὲς Ἰησοῦς καὶ Μωὲθ Σαβάννου, οἱ Λευεῖται, πρὸς ἀριθμὸν καὶ ὁλκὴν πάντα· (1Es 8:64) καὶ ἐγράφη πᾶσα ἡ ὁλκὴ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ.

(1Es 8:63) and with of-it an-Eleazar the-one of-the-one of-a-Feinees; and they-were with of-them an-Iôsabees an-Iêsous and a-Môeth of-a-Sabannos, the-ones Leuei-belongers, toward to-a-number and to-a-hauleeing to-all; (1Es 8:64) and it-had-been-scribed all the-one a-hauleeing unto-it unto-the-one unto-an-houredness.

8:62 Φινεες A | Ιωσαβεες] Ιωσαβδος A | Ιησου A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:63 (1Es 8:65) οἱ δὲ παραγενόμενοι ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας προσήνεγκαν θυσίας τῷ θεῷ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ Κυρίῳ ἐνενήκοντα ἕξ, (1Es 8:66) ἄρνας ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ, τράγους ὑπὲρ σωτηρίου δέκα δύο· ἅπαντα θυσίαν τῷ κυρίῳ.

(1Es 8:65) The-ones then-also having-had-became-beside out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto they-beared-toward to-surgings-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity of-the-one of-an-Israêl unto-Authority-belonged to-ninety to-six, (1Es 8:66) to-lamblings to-seventy to-six, to-billies over of-saviored-belonged to-ten to-two; to-along-all to-a-surging-unto unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged.

8:63 ενενηκοντα . . . δεκα δυο] ταυρους δωδεκα υπερ παντος Ισ̅λ̅·| κριους ενενηκοντα εξ· αρνας| εβδομηκοντα δυο· τραγους| υπερ σωτηριου δωδεκα·

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:64 (1Es 8:67) καὶ ἀπέδωκαν τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ βασιλέως τοῖς βασιλικοῖς οἰκονόμοις καὶ τοῖς ἐπάρχοις Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης, καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸ ἔθνος καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ κυρίου.

(1Es 8:67) And they-gave-off to-the-ones to-arrangings-toward-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of unto-the-ones unto-ruler-belonged-of unto-house-parceleeers and unto-the-ones unto-firsters-upon of-a-Suria and of-a-Foinikê, and they-reckoned-to to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to and to-the-one to-sacred of-the-one of-Authority-belonged.

8:64 Συριας] pr κοιλης A | Φοινεικης B* (Φοινικ. BbA)

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:65 (1Es 8:68) Καὶ τούτων τελεσθέντων προσήλθοσάν μοι οἱ ἡγούμενοι λέγοντες

(1Es 8:68) And of-the-ones-these of-having-been-finished-unto they-hath-had-came-toward unto-me, the-ones leading-unto, forthing,

8:65 τουτων A] των B | προσηλθον A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:66 (1Es 8:69) Οὐκ ἐχώρισαν καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται καὶ ἀλλογενῆ ἔθνη τῆς γῆς ἀκαθαρσίας αὐτῶν, Χαναναίων καὶ Χετταίων καὶ Φερεζαίων καὶ Ἰεβουσαίων καὶ Μωαβειτῶν καὶ Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Ἰδουμαίων.

(1Es 8:69) Not they-spaced-to, and the-ones firsting and the-ones sacreders-of and the-ones Leuei-belongers, and to-other-becominged to-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-one of-a-soil of-an-un-cleansing-unto of-them, of-Chanan-belonged and of-Chet-belonged and of-Ferez-belonged and of-Iebous-belonged and of-Môab-belongers and of-Aiguptos-belonged and of-Idouma-belonged.

8:66 και 2°] και τας A | αυτων] απο των εθνων A | Χαναναιων] pr των A | Μωαβιτων A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:67 (1Es 8:70) συνῴκισάν τινας τῶν θυγατέρων αὐτῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐπεμίγη τὸ σπέρμα τὸ ἅγιον εἰς τὰ ἀλλογενῆ ἔθνη τῆς γῆς, καὶ μετεῖχον οἱ προηγούμενοι καὶ οἱ εγιστᾶνες τῆς ἀνομίας ταύτης ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ πράγματος.

(1Es 8:70) They-housed-together-to to-ones of-the-ones of-daughters of-them, and them and the-ones sons of-them; and it-was-en-mingled-upon the-one a-whorling-to the-one hallow-belonged into to-the-ones to-other-becominged to-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-one of-a-soil, and they-were-holding-with, the-ones leading-before-unto and the-ones most-greats, of-the-one of-an-un-parceleeing-unto of-the-one-this off of-the-one of-a-firsting of-the-one of-a-practicing-to.

8:67 συνωκισαν] συνηκησαν γαρ A | τινας (τας B)] μετα A | om και 1° A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:68 (1Es 8:71) καὶ ἅμα τῷ ἀκοῦσαί με ταῦτα ἔρρηξα τὰ ἱμάτια καὶ τὴν ἱερὰν ἐσθῆτα κατέτεινον τοῦ τριχώματος τῆς κεφαλῆς καὶ τοῦ πώγωνος, καὶ ἐκάθισα σύννους καὶ περίλυπος.

(1Es 8:71) And along unto-the-one to-have-heard to-me to-the-ones-these I-en-bursted to-the-ones to-apparelets, and to-the-one to-sacred to-a-clotheness I-was-stretching-down of-the-one of-a-hairing-to of-the-one of-a-head and of-the-one of-a-beard, and I-sat-down-to minded-together and throed-about.

8:68 και 1°] + εγενετο A | ερρηξα] διερρηκα A | κατετεινον] και κατετιλα A | περιλυπος] υ pro ε B* (ε B1)

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:69 (1Es 8:72) καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν πρὸς μὲ ὅσοι ποτὲ ἐπεκινοῦντο τῷ ῥήματι Κυρίου τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐμοῦ πενθοῦντος ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ, καὶ ἐκαθήμην περίλυπος ἕως τῆς δειλινῆς θυσίας.

(1Es 8:72) And they-were-led-together-upon toward to-me which-a-which whither-also they-were-being-moved-upon-unto unto-the-one unto-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged of-the-one of-an-Israêl of-ME of-grieving-unto upon unto-the-one unto-an-un-parceleeing-unto, and I-was-sitting-down throed-about unto-if-which of-the-one of-dired-belonged of-a-surging-unto.

8:69 οσοι] + ησαν ζηλωται· και οσοι A | επεκινουντο] ου sup ras Aa? | τω ρηματι] pr επι A | του Ισρ.] θῡ Ισ̅λ̅ A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:70 (1Es 8:73) καὶ ἐξεγερθεὶς ἐκ τῆς νηστείας, διερρηγμένα ἔχων τὰ ἱμάτια καὶ τὴν ἱερὰν ἐσθῆτα, κάμψας τὰ γόνατα καὶ ἐκτείνας τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς τὸν κύριον (1Es 8:74) ἔλεγον

(1Es 8:73) And having-been-roused-out out of-the-one of-a-non-eating-of to-having-had-come-to-be-en-bursted-through holding to-the-ones to-apparelets and to-the-one to-sacred to-a-clotheness, having-bent to-the-ones to-knees and having-stretched-out to-the-ones to-hands toward to-the-one to-Authority-belonged (1Es 8:74) I-was-forthing,

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:71 Κύριε, ᾔσχυμμαι, ἐντέτραμμαι κατὰ πρόσωπόν σου.

Authority-belonged, I-had-come-to-be-shamened, I-had-come-to-be-turned-in down to-looked-toward of-thee.

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:72 (1Es 8:75) αἱ γὰρ ἁμαρτίαι ἡμῶν ἐπλεόνασαν ὑπὲρ τὰς κεφαλὰς ἡμῶν, αἱ δὲ ἄγνοιαι ἡμῶν ὑπερήνεγκαν ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ

(1Es 8:75) The-ones too-thus un-adjustings-along-unto of-us they-beyonded-to over to-the-ones to-heads of-us, the-ones then-also un-en-mullings-unto of-us they-beared-over unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-sky

8:72 αι δε αγνοιαι] και αι αγνοαι A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:73 (1Es 8:76) ἀπὸ τῶν χρόνων τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καί ἐσμεν ἐν μεγάλῃ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης.

(1Es 8:76) off of-the-ones of-whiles of-the-ones of-fathers of-us, and we-be in unto-great unto-an-un-adjusting-along-unto unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this.

8:73 απο] pr ετι| A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:74 (1Es 8:77) καὶ διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν παρεδόθημεν σὺν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἡμῶν, σὺν τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ σὺν τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἡμῶν, τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν τῆς γῆς, εἰς ῥομφαίαν καὶ αἰχμαλωσίαν καὶ προνομὴν μετὰ αἰσχύνης μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας.

(1Es 8:77) And through to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-us and of-the-ones of-fathers of-us we-were-given-beside together unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-us, together unto-the-ones unto-rulers-of of-us and together unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of of-us, unto-the-ones unto-rulers-of of-the-one of-a-soil, into to-a-sabre and to-a-spear-capturing-unto and to-a-parceleeing-before with of-a-shamening unto-lest-whilst of-the-one this-day of-a-dayedness.

8:74 συν 2°] pr και A | τοις βασιλευσιν 2°] pr και A | om εις B (hab A)

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:75 (1Es 8:78) καὶ νῦν κατὰ πόσον τι ἡμῖν ἐγενήθη ἔλεος παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου Κυρίου, καταλειφθῆναι ἡμῖν ῥίζαν καὶ ὄνομα ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ ἁγιάσματός,

(1Es 8:78) And now down to-whither-which to-a-one unto-us it-was-became a-besectionateedness beside of-the-one of-authority-belonged of-Authority-belonged, to-have-been-remaindered down unto-us to-a-rootedness and to-a-naming-to in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion unto-the-one-this of-a-hallow-belonging-to,

Note: a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

8:75 εγενηθη ημιν A | του κυριου Κυριου] σου| κε̅· A | om τουτω A | αγιασματος] του αγιασμ. σου A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:76 (1Es 8:79) καὶ τοῦ ἀνακαλύψαι φωστῆρα ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν, δοῦναι ἡμῖν τροφὴν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς δουλείας ἡμῶν· (1Es 8:80) καὶ ἐν τῷ δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς οὐκ ἐνκατελείφθημεν ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν,

(1Es 8:79) and of-the-one to-have-shrouded-up to-a-lighter of-us in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us, to-have-had-given unto-us to-a-nourishing in unto-the-one unto-a-time of-the-one of-a-bondeeing-of of-us; (1Es 8:80) and in unto-the-one to-bondee-of to-us not we-were-remaindered-down-in under of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-us,

8:76 ανακαλυψαι] αναψαι A | κυριου] + θῡ A | ημων 2°] Ιη̅λ̅ A* vid | δουλιας A | εγκατελειφθημεν BabA | υπο] απο A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:77 ἀλλὰ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς ἐν χάριτι ἐνώπιον τῶν βασιλέων Περσῶν, δοῦναι ἡμῖν τροφὴν

other it-did-unto to-us in unto-a-granting to-in-look-belonged of-the-ones of-rulers-of of-Persians, to-have-had-given unto-us to-a-nourishing

8:77 αλλ A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:78 (1Es 8:81) καὶ δοξάσαι τὸ ἱερὸν ἡμῶν καὶ ἐγεῖραι τὴν ἔρημον Σειών, δοῦναι ἡμῖν στερέωμα ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ.

(1Es 8:81) and to-have-reckoned-to to-the-one to-sacred of-us and to-have-roused to-the-one to-solituded to-a-Seiôn, to-have-had-given unto-us to-an-en-stabling-to in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia and unto-an-Ierousalêm.

8:78 ημων] pr του κυ̅ A | Σιων BbA

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:79 (1Es 8:82) καὶ νῦν τί ἐροῦμεν, Κύριε, ἔχοντες αὐτά; παρέβησαν τὰ προστάγματά σου ἃ ἔδωκας ἐν χειρὶ τῶν παίδων σου τῶν προφητῶν λέγων

(1Es 8:82) And now to-what-one we-shall-utter-unto, Authority-belonged, holding to-them? They-had-stepped-beside to-the-ones to-arrangings-toward-to of-thee to-which thou-gave in unto-a-hand of-the-ones of-children of-thee of-the-ones of-declarers-before forthing,

8:79 αιρουμεν A | αυτα] ταυτα A | παρεβησαν] παρεβημεν γαρ A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:80 (1Es 8:83) ὅτι Ἡ γῆ εἰς ἣν εἰσέρχεσθε κληρονομῆσαι, ἔστιν γῆ μεμολυσμένη μολυσμῷ τῶν ἀλλογενῶν τῆς γῆς, καὶ τῆς ἀκαθαρσίας αὐτῶν ἐνέπλησαν αὐτήν·

(1Es 8:83) to-which-a-one, The-one a-soil into to-which ye-come-into to-have-lot-parceleed-unto, it-be a-soil having-had-come-to-be-sullied unto-a-sullying-of of-the-ones of-other-becominged of-the-one of-a-soil, and of-the-one of-an-un-cleansing-unto of-them they-repleted-in to-it;

8:80 μεμολυμμενη A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:81 (1Es 8:84) καὶ νῦν τὰς θυγατέρας ὑμῶν μὴ συνοικίσητε τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτῶν μὴ λάβητε τοῖς υἱοῖς ὑμῶν,

(1Es 8:84) and now to-the-ones to-daughters of-ye lest ye-might-have-housed-together-to unto-the-ones unto-sons of-them, and to-the-ones to-daughters of-them lest ye-might-have-had-taken unto-the-ones unto-sons of-ye,

8:81 υμων 1°] αυτων A | υιοις 2°] τεκνοις A | αυτων 1°] υμων A | αυτων 2°] ημων A | λαβητε] δωτε A | υιοις 2°] τεκνοις A | υμων 2°] αυτων A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:82 (1Es 8:85) καὶ οὐ ζητήσετε εἰρηνεῦσαι τὰ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον, ἵνα ἰσχύσαντες φάγητε τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς γῆς καὶ κατακληρονομήσητε τοῖς υἱοῖς ὑμῶν ἕως αἰῶνος.

(1Es 8:85) and not ye-shall-seek-unto to-have-joinified-of to-the-ones toward to-them to-the-one to-along-all to-a-while, so having-force-held ye-might-have-had-devoured to-the-ones to-excess-placed of-the-one of-a-soil and ye-might-have-lot-parceleed-down-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-ye unto-if-which of-an-age.

8:82 αιωνος] pr του A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:83 (1Es 8:86) καὶ τὰ συμβαίνοντα πάντα ἡμῖν γίνεται διὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν τὰ πονηρὰ καὶ τὰς μεγάλας ἁμαρτίας. σὺ γάρ, Κύριε, ὁ κουφίσας τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν,

(1Es 8:86) And the-ones stepping-together all unto-us it-becometh through to-the-ones to-works of-us to-the-ones to-en-necessitated and to-the-ones to-great to-un-adjustings-along-unto. Thou too-thus, Authority-belonged, the-one having-eased-to to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-us,

8:83 γιγνεται A | αμαρτιας 1°] + ημων A | ο κουφισας] εκουφισας A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:84 (1Es 8:87) ἔδωκας ἡμῖν τοιαύτην ῥίζαν· πάλιν ἀνεκάμψαμεν παραβῆναι τὸν νόμον σου εἰς τὸ ἐπιμιγῆναι τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ τῶν ἐθνῶν τῆς γῆς.

(1Es 8:87) thou-gave unto-us to-the-one-unto-the-one-this to-a-rootedness; unto-furthered we-bent-up to-have-had-stepped-beside to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-thee into to-the-one to-have-en-mixed-upon unto-the-one unto-an-un-cleansing-unto of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-one of-a-soil.

8:84 εδωκας] pr και A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:85 (1Es 8:88) οὐχὶ ὠργίσθης ἡμῖν ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς ἕως τοῦ μὴ καταλιπεῖν ῥίζαν καὶ σπέρμα καὶ ὄνομα ἡμῶν.

(1Es 8:88) Unto-not thou-was-stressed-to unto-us to-have-destructed-off to-us unto-if-which of-the-one lest to-have-had-remaindered-down to-a-rootedness and to-a-whorling-to and to-a-naming-to of-us.

8:85 καταλειπειν A | om ημων B* (hab Bab mgA)

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:86 (1Es 8:89) κύριε τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, ἀληθινὸς εἶ· κατελείφθημεν γὰρ ῥίζα ἐν τῇ σήμερον.

(1Es 8:89) Authority-belonged of-the-one of-an-Israêl, un-secluded-belonged-to thou-be; we-were-remaindered-down too-thus a-rootedness in unto-the-one this-day.

8:86 om κυριε B* (hab Bab mg [forte prius κς̅ Ba txt] A)

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:87 (1Es 8:90) ἰδού ἐσμεν ἐνώπιόν σου ἐν ταῖς ἀνομίαις ἡμῶν· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν στῆναι ἔτι ἔμπροσθέν σου ἐπὶ τούτοις.

(1Es 8:90) Thou-should-have-had-seen, we-be to-in-look-belonged of-thee in unto-the-ones unto-un-parceleeings-unto of-us; not too-thus it-be to-have-had-stood if-to-one in-toward-from of-thee upon unto-the-ones-these.

8:87 ιδου] + νυν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:88 (1Es 8:91) Καὶ ὅτε προσευχόμενος Ἔσρας ἀνθωμολογεῖτο κλαίων χαμαιπετὴς ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ἐπισυνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ ὄχλος πολὺς σφόδρα, ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες, νεανίαι· κλαυθμὸς γὰρ ἦν μέγας ἐν τῷ πλήθει.

(1Es 8:91) And which-also goodly-holding-toward, an-Esras, it-was-ever-a-one-along-fortheeing-unto sob-belonging ground-fallinged in-toward-from of-the-one of-sacred, they-were-led-together-upon toward to-it off of-an-Ierousalêm a-crowd much to-vehemented, men and women, new-belongings; a-sobbing-of too-thus it-was great in unto-the-one unto-a-repleteedness.

8:88 απο] εξ A | Ιερουσλαημ] ras aliq in σα B? | νεανιαι] pr και A | γαρ| ην sup ras Bab

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:89 (1Es 8:92) καὶ φωνήσας Ἰεχονίας Ἰεήλου τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ εἶπεν Ἔσρᾳ Ἡμεῖς ἡμάρτομεν εἰς τὸν κύριον· καὶ κατῴκησαν γυναῖκας ἀλλογενεῖς ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν τῆς γῆς· καὶ νῦν ἐστιν ἐπάνω πᾶς Ἰσραήλ.

(1Es 8:92) And having-sounded-unto, an-Iechonias of-an-Ieêlos of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, it-had-said unto-an-Esras, We we-had-un-adjusted-along into to-the-one to-Authority-belonged; and they-housed-down-unto to-women to-other-becominged out of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-one of-a-soil; and now it-be upon-up-unto-which all an-Israêl.

8:89 Ιεηλ A | των υιων] pr ο A | ·Εσρα· B ·Εζρα· A | κυριον] + θν A | κατωκησαν] συνωκισαμεν A | γυναικας A | εκ] απο A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:90 (1Es 8:93) ἐν τούτῳ γενέσθω ἡμῖν ὁρκωμοσία πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ἐκβαλεῖν πάσας τὰς γυναῖκας ἡμῶν τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἀλλογενῶν σὺν τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῶν, (1Es 8:94) ὡς ἐκρίθη σοι, καὶ ὅσοι πειθαρχήσουσιν τοῦ νόμου τοῦ κυρίου.

(1Es 8:93) In unto-the-one-this it-should-have-had-became unto-us a-fencee-oathing-unto toward to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, to-have-had-casted-out to-all to-the-ones to-women of-us to-the-ones out of-the-ones of-other-becominged together unto-the-ones unto-creationees of-them, (1Es 8:94) as it-was-separated unto-thee, and which-a-which they-shall-firsting-sure-unto of-the-one of-a-parcelee of-the-one of-Authority-belonged.

8:90 γενεσθω] η|γνεσθω A (sic) | πειθαρχουσιν A | του νομου] τω νομω A | του κυριου] om του A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:91 (1Es 8:95) ἀναστὰς ἐπιτέλει· πρὸς σὲ γὰρ τὸ πρᾶγμα, καὶ ἡμεῖς μετὰ σοῦ ἰσχὺν ποιεῖν.

(1Es 8:95) Having-had-stood-up thou-should-finish-upon-unto; toward to-thee too-thus the-one a-practicing-to, and we with of-thee to-a-force-holding to-do-unto.

(404 B.C.)

1Es 8:92 (1Es 8:96) καὶ ἀναστὰς Ἔσρας ὥρκισεν τοὺς φυλάρχους τῶν ἱερέων καὶ τῶν Λευειτῶν παντὸς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ποιῆσαι κατὰ ταῦτα, καὶ ὤμοσαν.

(1Es 8:96) And having-had-stood-up, an-Esras, it-fenceed-to to-the-ones to-firsts-of-tribes of-the-ones of-sacreders-of and of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers of-all of-the-one of-an-Israêl to-have-done-unto down to-the-ones-these, and they-en-oathed.

8:92 των Λευιτων] om των A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:1 Καὶ ἀναστὰς Ἔσρας ἀπὸ τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύθη εἰς τὸ παστοφόριον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ Νασείβου,

And having-had-stood-up, an-Esras, off of-the-one of-a-channeling of-the-one of-sacred it-was-traversed-of into to-the-one to-a-chamber-beareelet of-an-Iônas of-the-one of-a-Naseibos,

9:1 Εδρας A | Ιωνα] Ιωαναν A | Νασειβου] Ελιασιβου A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:2 καὶ αὐλισθεὶς ἐκεῖ ἄρτου οὐκ ἐγεύσατο οὐδὲ ὕδωρ ἔπιεν, πενθῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀνομιῶν τῶν μεγάλων τοῦ πλήθους.

and having-been-channeled-to thither, of-an-adjustation not it-tasted-of not-then-also to-a-water it-had-drank, grieving-unto over of-the-ones of-un-parceleeings-unto of-the-ones of-great of-the-one of-a-repleteedness.

Note: of-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

9:2 αυλισθει B* (ς superscr Bab) | ετευσατο A | υπερ] επι A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:3 καὶ ἐγένετο κήρυγμα ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας, συναχθῆναι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ·

And it-had-became a-heraldering-to in unto-whole unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia and unto-an-Ierousalêm unto-all unto-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto, to-have-been-led-together into to-an-Ierousalêm;

9:3 πασιν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:4 καὶ ὅσοι ἂν μὴ ἀπαντήσουσιν ἐν δυσὶν ἢ τρισὶν ἡμέραις κατὰ τὸ κρίμα τῶν προκαθημένων πρεσβυτέρων, ἀνιερωθήσονται τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀλλοτριωθήσεται ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας.

and which-a-which ever lest they-shall-off-ever-a-one-unto in unto-two or unto-three unto-dayednesses down to-the-one to-a-separating-to of-the-ones of-sitting-down-before of-more-eldered, they-shall-be-en-sacreded-up the-ones befoundeednesses of-them, and it it-shall-be-en-other-belonged off of-the-one of-a-repleteedness of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto.

Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

9:4 αν] εαν A | απαντησωσιν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:5 Καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν οἱ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα καὶ Βενιαμεὶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ· οὗτος ὁ μὴν ἔνατος τῇ εἰκάδι τοῦ μηνός.

And they-were-led-together-upon the-ones out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Ioudas and of-a-Beniamein in unto-three unto-dayednesses into to-an-Ierousalêm; the-one-this the-one a-month ninth unto-the-one unto-a-twentieth of-the-one of-a-month.

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:6 καὶ συνεκάθισαν πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος ἐν τῇ εὐρυχώρῳ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τρέμοντες τὸν ἐνεστῶτα χειμῶνα.

And they-sat-down-together-to, all the-one a-repleteedness, in unto-the-one unto-wide-spaced of-the-one of-sacred trembling to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-stand-in to-a-pour-belonging.

9:6 συνεκαθισεν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:7 καὶ ἀναστὰς Ἔσρας εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ὑμεῖς ἠνομήσατε καὶ συνοικήσατε γυναιξὶν ἀλλογενέσιν, προσθεῖναι ἁμαρτίαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ.

And having-had-stood-up, an-Esras, it-had-said unto-them, Ye ye-un-parceleed-unto and ye-housed-together-unto unto-women unto-other-becominged, to-have-had-placed-toward to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl.

9:7 συνωκισατε A | γυναικας αλλογενεις A | προσθειναι] pr του A | αμαρτιας A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:8 καὶ νῦν δότε ὁμολογίαν δόξαν τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν,

And now ye-should-have-had-given to-an-along-fortheeing-unto to-a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged unto-a-Deity of-the-ones of-fathers of-us,

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:9 καὶ ποιήσατε τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ καὶ χωρίσθητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν τῆς γῆς καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλογενῶν.

and ye-should-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-determining-to of-it and ye-might-have-been-spaced-to off of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-one of-a-soil and off of-the-ones of-other-becominged.

9:9 των αλλογενων] pr των γυναικων A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:10 καὶ ἐφώνησαν πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ εἶπον μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Οὕτως ὡς εἴρηκας ποιήσομεν.

And they-sounded-unto, all the-one a-repleteedness, and they-had-said unto-great unto-the-one unto-a-sound, Unto-the-one-this as thou-had-come-to-utter we-shall-do-unto;

9:10 παν] απαν A | ειπαν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:11 ἀλλὰ τὸ πλῆθος πολὺ καὶ ὥρα χειμερινή, καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύομεν στῆναι αἴθριοι καὶ οὐχ εὕρομεν· καὶ τὸ ἔργον ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμέρας μιᾶς οὐδὲ δύο, ἐπὶ πλεῖον γὰρ ἡμάρτομεν ἐν τούτοις.

other the-one a-repleteedness much and an-houredness pour-belonged-to, and not we-force-hold to-have-had-stood en-aired-belonged and not we-had-found; and the-one a-work unto-us not it-be of-a-dayedness of-one not-then-also of-two, upon to-more-beyond too-thus we-had-un-adjusted-along in unto-the-ones-these.

Note: en-aired-belonged : refers to the condition of being aired out, i.e. a cold (moisture removed) crystal clear sky.

9:11 ωρα] pr η A | ισχυομεν A | om και ουχ ευρομεν A | ουκ εστιν ημιν A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:12 στήτωσαν δὲ οἱ προηγούμενοι τοῦ πλήθους, καὶ πάντες οἱ ἐκ τῶν κατοικιῶν ἡμῶν ὅσοι ἔχουσιν γυναῖκας ἀλλογενεῖς (1Es 9:13) παραγενηθήτωσαν λαβόντες χρόνον·

They-should-have-had-stood then-also, the-ones leading-before-unto of-the-one of-a-repleteedness, and all the-ones out of-the-ones of-housings-down-unto of-us which-a-which they-hold to-women to-other-becominged (1Es 9:13) they-should-have-been-became-beside having-had-taken to-an-while;

9:12 καιοικων A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:13 ἑκάστου τόπου τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους καὶ τοὺς κριτάς, ἕως τοῦ λῦσαι τὴν ὀργὴν Κυρίου ἀφ' ἡμῶν τοῦ πράγματος τούτου.

of-each of-an-occasion to-the-ones to-more-eldered and to-the-ones to-separaters, unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-loosed to-the-one to-a-stressing of-Authority-belonged off of-us of-the-one of-a-practicing-to of-the-one-this.

9:13 εκαστου] και εκ. δε A | τας κιτας A | Κυριου] pr του A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:14 Ἰωνάθας Ἀζαήλου καὶ Ἑζείας Θοκάνου ἐπεδέξαντο κατὰ ταῦτα, καὶ Μοσόλλαμος καὶ Λευεὶς καὶ Σαββαταῖος συνεβράβευσαν αὐτοῖς.

An-Iônathas of-an-Azaêlos and a-Hezeias of-a-Thokanos they-received-upon down to-the-ones-these, and a-Mosollamos and a-Leueis and a-Sabbataios they-awarded-together-of unto-them.

9:14 Εζειας] Εζεκιας A | Θωκανου A | Λευις A

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:15 καὶ ἐποίησαν κατὰ πάντα ταῦτα οἱ ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας.

And they-did-unto down to-all to-the-ones-these, the-ones out of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto.

(404 B.C.)

1Es 9:16 Καὶ ἐπελέξατο αὐτῷ Ἔσρας ὁ ἱερεὺς ἄνδρας ἡγουμένους τῶν πατριῶν αὐτῶν πάντας κατ' ὄνομα, καὶ συνεκλείσθησαν τῇ νουμηνίᾳ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ δεκάτου ἐτάσαι τὸ πρᾶγμα.

And it-forthed-upon unto-it, an-Esras the-one a-sacreder-of, to-men to-leading-unto of-the-ones of-fatherings-unto of-them to-all down to-a-naming-to, and they-were-latch-belonged-together unto-the-one unto-new-monthing-unto of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-tenth to-have-tested-to to-the-one to-a-practicing-to.

9:16 αυτω] εαυτω A | κατ ονομα παντας A | συνεκλεισθησαν] σενεκαθισαν A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:17 καὶ ἤχθη ἐπὶ πέρας τὰ κατὰ τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς ἐπισυναχθέντας γυναῖκας ἀλλογενεῖς ἕως τῆς νουμηνίας τοῦ πρώτου μηνός.

And it-was-led upon to-an-acrossment the-ones down to-the-ones to-men to-the-ones to-having-been-led-together-upon to-women to-other-becominged unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-new-monthing-unto of-the-one of-most-before of-a-month.

9:17 επισυναχθεντας] επισυνεχοντας A | της νουμ.] του νουμ. A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:18 καὶ εὑρέθησαν τῶν ἱερέων οἱ ἐπισυναχθέντες ἀλλογενεῖς γυναῖκας ἔχοντες

And they-were-found of-the-ones of-sacreders-of the-ones having-been-led-together-upon to-other-becominged to-women holding

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:19 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ἰωσεδὲκ καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ Μαεήλας καὶ Ἐλεάζαρος καὶ Ἰώριβος καὶ Ἰώδανος·

out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Iêsous of-the-one of-an-Iôsedek and of-the-ones of-brethrened of-it a-Maeêlas and an-Eleazaros and an-Iôribos and an-Iôdanos;

9:19 om αυτου A | Μαθηλας A | Ιωαδανος A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:20 καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐκβαλεῖν τὰς γυναῖκας αὐτῶν, καὶ εἰς ἐξιλασμὸν κριοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀγνοίας αὐτῶν·

and they-had-casted-upon to-the-ones to-hands to-have-had-casted-out to-the-ones to-women of-them, and into to-an-out-sectionating-to-of to-rams over of-the-one of-an-un-parceleeing-unto of-them;

9:20 αυτων 1°] εαυτων A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:21 καὶ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἐμήρ, Ἁνανίας καὶ Ζαβδαῖος καὶ Μάνης καὶ Θαμαῖος καὶ Ἰερεὴλ καὶ Ἀζαρίας·

and out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Emêr, a-Hananias and a-Zabdaios and a-Manês and a-Thamaios and an-Iereêl and an-Azarias;

9:21 Εμμηρ A | Θαμαιος] Σαμαιος A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:22 καὶ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Φαισούρ, Ἐλιωναίς, Ἀσσείας, Ἰσμάηλος καὶ Ναθανάηλος καὶ Ὠκαίληδος καὶ Σάλθας·

and out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Faisour, an-Eliônais, an-Asseias, an-Ismaêlos and a-Nathanaêlos and an-Ôkailêdos and a-Salthas;

9:22 Φαισου A | Ελιωναις] pro E al lit coep B* Ελιωνας A | Ασσειας] Μασσιας A | om και Ναθαναηλος A | Ωκαιληδος] Ωκειδηλος A | Σαλθας] Σαλοας A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:23 καὶ ἐκ τῶν Λευειτῶν, Ἰώζαβδος καὶ Σενσεὶς καὶ Κῶνος, οὗτος Καλειταίς, καὶ Παθαῖος· καὶ Ὠούδας καὶ Ἰωανᾶς,

out of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers, an-Iôzabdos and a-Senseis and a-Kônos, the-one-this a-Kaleitais, and a-Pathaios; and an-Ôoudas and an-Iôanas,

9:23 Σενσεις] Σεμεις A | Κωνος] Κω|λιος A | Καλειταις και (κε B) Παθαιος] εστιν Καλιτας· και Φαθαιος· A | Ιωνας A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:24 ἐκ τῶν ἱεροψαλτῶν Ἐλιάσεβος, Βάκχουρος,

out of-the-ones of-sacred-twangers an-Eliasebos, a-Bakchouros,

9:24 Ελιασιβος A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:25 ἐκ τῶν θυρωρῶν Σάλλουμος καὶ Τολβάνης·

out of-the-ones of-portal-wardens a-Salloumos and a-Tolbanês;

9:25 θυρωρων A] θυ|γατερων B | Σαλλουμος B*b] Σαλλουμου Ba? c?

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:26 ἐκ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Φορός, Ἰερμὰ καὶ Ἰεζείας καὶ Μελχείας καὶ Μίληλος καὶ Ἐλεάζαρος καὶ Ἁσεβείας καὶ Βανναίας·

out of-the-one of-an-Israêl out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Foros, an-Ierma and an-Iezeias and a-Melcheias and a-Milêlos and an-Eleazaros and a-Hasebeias and a-Bannaias;

9:26 υιων] + υιων A | Ιερμας A | Ιεζειας] Ιεδδιας A | Μελχιας BbA | Μιληλος] Μαηλος A | Ασιβιας A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:27 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἠλά, Ματὰν καὶ Ζαχαρίας, Ἰεζόρικλος καὶ Ὠαβδεῖος καὶ Ἰερεμὼθ καὶ Ἀηδείας·

out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Êla, a-Matan and a-Zacharias, an-Iezoriklos and an-Ôabdeios and an-Ieremôth and an-Aêdeias;

9:27 Ματαν] Ματθανιας A | om και 2° A | Ιεζορικλος] Ιεζριηλος A | Ωαβδιος A | Αηδιας A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:28 καὶ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ζαμόθ, Ἐλιαδᾶς, Ἐλειάσειμος, Ὀθονίας, Ἰαρειμὼθ καὶ Σάβαθος καὶ Ζεραλίας·

and out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Zamoth, an-Eliadas, an-Eleiaseimos, an-Othonias, an-Iareimôth and a-Sabathos and a-Zeralias;

9:28 Ελιασιμος A | Ιαριμωθ A | Ζεραλιας] Ζαρδαιας A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:29 καὶ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Βηβαί, Ἰωάννης καὶ Ἁνανίας καὶ Ζάβδος καὶ Ἐμαθθίς·

and out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Bêbai, an-Iôannês and a-Hananias and a-Zabdos and an-Emaththis;

9:29 om και 1° A | Ζαβδος] Ωζαβαδος A | Εμαθεις A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:30 καὶ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Μανί, Ὤλαμος, Μάμουχος, Ἰεδαῖος, Ἰάσουβος καὶ Ἀσαήλος καὶ Ἰερεμώθ·

and out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Mani, an-Ôlamos, a-Mamouchos, an-Iedaios, an-Iasoubos and an-Asaêlos and an-Ieremôth;

9:30 om και 1° A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:31 καὶ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἀδδείν, Λάθος καὶ Μοοσσείας, Λακκοῦνος καὶ Ναῖδος, καὶ Βεσκασπασμὺς καὶ Σεσθὴλ καὶ Βαλνοῦς καὶ Μανασσήας·

and out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Addein, a-Lathos and a-Moosseias, a-Lakkounos and a-Naidos, and a-Beskaspasmus and a-Sesthêl and a-Balnous and a-Manassêas;

9:31 Αδδειν Λαθος] Αδδι·| Νααθος A | Μοοσσειας] Μοος· Σιας A | Ναειδος A | Βεσκασπασμυς] Ματθανιας·| A | Βαλνουος A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:32 καὶ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἁννάν, Ἐλιωδᾶς καὶ Ἀσαίας καὶ Μελχείας καὶ Σαββαίας καὶ Σίμων Χοσάμαος·

and out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Hannan, an-Eliôdas and an-Asaias and a-Melcheias and a-Sabbaias and a-Simôn of-a-Chosamaos;

9:32 Αννας A | Ελιωνας A | Μελχιας A | Χοσοσμαιος A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:33 καὶ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἁσόμ, Μαλτανναῖος καὶ Ματταθίας καὶ Σαβανναιοῦς καὶ Ἐλειφαλὰτ καὶ Μανασσὴ καὶ Σεμεεί·

and out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Hasom, a-Maltannaios and a-Mattathias and a-Sabannaious and an-Eleifalat and a-Manassê and a-Semeei;

9:33 Μαλτανναιος] Αλτανναιος A | Σαβανναιους] Βανναιους A | Μανασσης A | Σεμει A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:34 καὶ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Βαανεί, Ἰερεμίας, Μομδεῖος, Μάηρος, Ἰουνά, Μαμδαὶ καὶ Πεδίας καὶ Ἄνως, Καραβασειὼν καὶ Ἐνάσειβος καὶ Μαμτάναιμος, Ἐλιασείς, Βαννούς, Ἐδιαλείς, Σομεείς, Σελεμίας, Ναθανίας· καὶ ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἐζωρά, Σεσείς, Ἐζρείλ, Ἀζάηλος, Σάματος, Ζαμβρεί, Φόσηπος·

and out of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Baanei, an-Ieremias, a-Momdeios, a-Maêros, an-Iouna, a-Mamdai and a-Pedias and an-Anôs, a-Karabaseiôn and an-Enaseibos and a-Mamtanaimos, an-Eliaseis, a-Bannous, an-Edialeis, a-Someeis, a-Selemias, a-Nathanias; and out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Ezôra, a-Seseis, an-Ezreil, an-Azaêlos, a-Samatos, a-Zambrei, a-Fosêpos;

9:34 Βαανι A | Μομδεις A | Μαηρος] Ισμαηρος A | Μανδαι A | Πεδιας] Παιδειας A | Καραβασιων A | Ενασιβος A | Μαμνιταναι|μος A | Εδιαλεις] Ελιαλει| A | Σεσσεις A | Εζριλ A | Aζαηλ A | Ζαμβρις A | Φοσηπος] Ιωσηφος A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:35 ἐκ τῶν Ὀομά, Ζειτίας, Ζαβαδαίας, Ἠδός, Οὐήλ, Βαναίας.

out of-the-ones of-an-Ooma, a-Zeitias, a-Zabadaias, an-Êdos, an-Ouêl, a-Banaias.

9:35 εκ] pr και A | Οομα Ζειτιας] υιων Νο||ομα· Μαζιτιας A | Ηδος] Ηδαις A | Ουηλ] Ιουηλ A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:36 πάντες οὗτοι συνῴκησαν γυναιξὶν ἀλλογενέσιν, καὶ ἀπέλυσαν αὐτὰς σὺν τέκνοις.

All the-ones-these they-housed-together-unto unto-women unto-other-becominged, and they-loosed-off to-them together unto-creationees.

9:36 συνωκησαν γυναιξιν αλλογενεσιν] συνωκισαν γυναι|κας αλλογενεις A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:37 Καὶ κατῴκησαν οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται καὶ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ νουμηνίᾳ τοῦ ἑβδόμου μηνός, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν ταῖς κατοικίαις αὐτῶν.

And they-housed-down-unto, the-ones sacreders-of and the-ones Leuei-belongers and the-ones out of-the-one of-an-Israêl, in unto-an-Ierousalêm and in unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness, unto-the-one unto-a-new-monthing-unto of-the-one of-seventh of-a-month, and the-ones sons of-an-Israêl in unto-the-ones unto-housings-down-unto of-them.

9:37 του εβδομου μηνος] του μηνος του εβδομου A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:38 Καὶ συνήχθη πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπὶ τὸ εὐρύχωρον τοῦ πρὸς ἀνατολὰς ἱεροῦ πυλῶνος,

And it-was-led-together all the-one a-repleteedness passioned-along upon to-the-one to-wide-spaced of-the-one toward to-finishings-up of-sacred of-a-gating,

9:38 ιερου] pr του A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:39 καὶ εἶπεν Ἔσρᾳ τῷ ἱερεῖ καὶ ἀναγνώστῃ κομίσαι τὸν νόμον Μωσέως τὸν παραδοθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ Ἰσραήλ.

and it-had-said unto-an-Esras unto-the-one unto-a-sacreder and unto-an-acquainter-up to-have-tended-to to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-a-Môseus to-the-one to-having-been-given-beside under of-the-one of-a-Deity of-an-Israêl.

9:39 ιερει] αρχιερει A | Μωσεως] Μω|υση A | θεου] pr κυ̅ A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:40 καὶ ἐκόμισεν Ἔσρας ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς τὸν νόμον παντὶ τῷ πλήθει ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως γυναικὸς καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἱερεῦσι, ἀκοῦσαι τὸν νόμον, νουμηνίᾳ τοῦ ἑβδόμου μηνός·

And it-tended-to, an-Esras the-one a-first-sacreder-of, to-the-one to-a-parcelee unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-repleteedness off of-a-mankind unto-if-which of-a-woman and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of, to-have-heard to-the-one to-a-parcelee, unto-a-new-monthing-unto of-the-one of-seventh of-a-month;

9:40 εδοκιμασεν B (εκομισεν A) | ιερευσιν Bb? c?A | τον νομον] του νομου A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:41 καὶ ἀνεγίνωσκεν ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ πυλῶνος εὐρυχώρου ἀπὸ ὄρθρου ἕως μεσημβρινοῦ ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν· καὶ ἐπέδωκαν πάντα τὸν νοῦν εἰς τὸν νόμον.

and it-acquainted-up in unto-the-one before of-the-one of-sacred of-a-gating of-wide-spaced off of-a-ruddy-jutting unto-if-which of-middle-day-belonged-to to-in-look-belonged of-the-ones of-men and of-women; and they-gave-upon to-all to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-of into to-the-one to-a-parcelee.

Note: of-wide-spaced in 03 : unto-wide-spaced in 02.

9:41 ανεγιγνωσκεν A | προ] ο sup ras Aa? (πρω A*vid) | ευρυχωρω A | απο] εξ A | μεσημβρινου] μεσου ημερας A | και 2°] pr τε A | παντα] παν το πληθος A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:42 καὶ ἔστη Ἔσρας ὁ ἱερεὺς καὶ ἀναγνώστης τοῦ νόμου ἐπὶ τοῦ ξυλίνου βήματος τοῦ κατασκευασθέντος·

And it-had-stood, an-Esras the-one a-sacreder-of and an-acquainter-up of-the-one of-a-parcelee, upon of-the-one of-wooded-belonged-to of-a-stepping-to of-the-one of-having-been-down-equipped-to;

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:43 καὶ ἔστησεν αὐτῷ Ματταθίας, Σαμμού, Ἁνανίας, Ἀζαρίας, Οὐρείας, Ἑζεκίας, Βαάλσαμος ἐκ δεξιῶν,

and it-had-stood unto-it a-Mattathias, a-Sammou, a-Hananias, an-Azarias, an-Oureias, a-Hezekias, a-Baalsamos out of-right-belonged,

9:43 εστησαν A | αυτω] pr παρ A | Σαμμους A | Ανανιας] pr και A | Ουριας BbA

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:44 καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Φαλαδαῖος, Μεισαήλ, Μελχείας, Λωθάσουβος, Ναβαρείας, Ζαχαρίας.

and out of-goodly-named a-Faladaios, a-Meisaêl, a-Melcheias, a-Lôthasoubos, a-Nabareias, a-Zacharias.

Note: of-goodly-named : used to refer to the left side.

9:44 Φαλδαιος A | Μισαηλ BbA | Μελχιας BbA | Ναβαριας BbA

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:45 καὶ ἀναλαβὼν Ἔσρας τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ πλήθους ἐνώπιον, προεκάθητο γὰρ ἐπιδόξως ἐνώπιον πάντων,

And having-had-taken-up, an-Esras, to-the-one to-a-paperlet, of-the-one of-a-repleteedness to-in-look-belonged, it-was-sitting-down-before too-thus unto-reckoned-upon to-in-look-belonged of-all,

9:45 βιβλιον] + του νομου A | του πλ. ενωπιον] ενωπιον του πλ. A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:46 καὶ ἐν τῷ λῦσαι τὸν νόμον πάντες ὀρθοὶ ἔστησαν· καὶ εὐλόγησεν Ἀζαρίας τῷ ὑψίστῳ θεῷ Παντοκράτορι,

and in unto-the-one to-have-loosed to-the-one to-a-parcelee all straight-jutted they-had-stood; and it-goodly-fortheed-unto, an-Azarias, unto-the-one unto-most-lofteed unto-a-Deity unto-an-All-Securer,

9:46 ορθροι A | ηυλογησεν A | Αζαριας] Εζρας A | υψιστω] pr κω̅ θω̅ τω A | θεω] + σαβαωθ A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:47 καὶ ἐφώνησεν πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος Ἀμήν, ἀμήν· καὶ ἄραντες ἄνω τὰς χεῖρας προσπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ.

and it-sounded-unto, all the-one a-repleteedness, Amên, amên; and along-all up-unto-which to-the-ones to-hands having-had-fallen-toward upon to-the-one to-a-soil they-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity.

9:47 επεφωνησεν A | om αμην 2° A | θεω] κω̅ A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:48 Ἰησοῦς καὶ Ἀννιοὺθ καὶ Σαραβίας, Ἰάδεινος, Ἰαρσούβοος, Ἀβταῖος, Αὑταίας, Μαιάννας καὶ Καλείτας, Ἀζαρίας, Κατέθζαβδος, Ἁννίας, Φαλίας, οἱ Λευεῖται, (1Es 9:49) ἐδίδασκον τὸν νόμον Κυρίου, καὶ πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος ἀνεγίνωσκον τὸν νόμον τοῦ κυρίου, ἐμφυσιοῦντες ἅμα τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν.

An-Iêsous and an-Anniouth and a-Sarabias, an-Iadeinos, an-Iarsouboos, an-Abtaios, a-Hautaias, a-Maiannas and a-Kaleitas, an-Azarias, a-Katethzabdos, a-Hannias, a-Falias, the-ones Leuei-belongers, (1Es 9:49) they-were-veer-veerating to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-Authority-belonged, and toward to-the-one to-a-repleteedness they-were-acquainting-up to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, en-puff-belonging-in along to-the-one to-an-acquainting-up.

9:48 Ιησους] ς improb vid Ba | Αννιουθ] Αννους A | Σαραριας A*vid (Σαραβιας A1) | Ιαδινος A | Ιαρσουβοος] Ιακουβος A | Αβταιος] Σαββαταιας A | Αζαρειας A | Κατεθζαβδος] και Ιωζαβδος A | Αννιας] Ανανιας A | Φαλιας] Φιαθας A | om και προς το πλ. ανεγ. τον ν. του κυριου A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:49 (1Es 9:50) Καὶ εἶπεν Ἀτταρατὴ Ἔσρᾳ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ καὶ ἀναγνώστῃ καὶ τοῖς Λευείταις τοῖς διδάσκουσι τὸ πλῆθος ἐπὶ πάντας

(1Es 9:50) And it-had-said, an-Attaratê, unto-an-Esras unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of and unto-an-acquainter-up and unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers unto-the-ones unto-teaching to-the-one to-a-repleteedness upon to-all,

9:49 Ατταρατη] Ατθαρατης A | διδασκουσιν A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:50 (1Es 9:51) Ἡ ἡμέρα αὕτη ἐστὶν ἁγία τῷ κυρίῳ· καὶ πάντες ἔκλαιον ἐν τῷ ἀκοῦσαι τὸν νόμον·

(1Es 9:51) The-one a-dayedness the-one-this it-be hallow-belonged unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged; and all they-were-sob-belonging in unto-the-one to-have-heard to-the-one to-a-parcelee;

9:50 του νομου A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:51 (1Es 9:52) βαδίσαντες οὖν φάγετε λιπάσματα καὶ ἀποστείλατε ἀποστολὰς τοῖς μὴ ἔχουσιν.

(1Es 9:52) Having-stepped-to accordingly ye-should-have-had-devoured to-fattenings-to and ye-should-have-set-off to-seteeings-off unto-the-ones lest unto-holding.

9:51 λιπασματα] + και πιετε| γλυκασματα A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:52 (1Es 9:53) ἁγία γὰρ ἡ ἡμέρα τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ μὴ λυπεῖσθε· ὁ γὰρ κύριος δοξάσει ὑμᾶς.

(1Es 9:53) Hallow-belonged too-thus the-one a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged, and lest ye-should-be-throed-unto; the-one too-thus Authority-belonged it-shall-reckon-to to-ye.

9:52 om και A | λυπεισθαι A (item 53) | κυριος] pr θς A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:53 (1Es 9:54) καὶ οἱ Λευεῖται ἐκέλευον τῷ δήμῳ πάντα λέγοντες Ἡ ἡμέρα αὕτη ἁγία, μὴ λυπεῖσθε.

(1Es 9:54) And the-ones Leuei-belongers they-were-bidding-of unto-the-one unto-a-locality to-all forthing, The-one a-dayedness the-one-this hallow-belonged, lest ye-should-be-throed-unto.

9:53 τω δημω παντα] τ. δ. παντι Bb τα παντα τω δημω A

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:54 (1Es 9:55) καὶ ᾤχοντο πάντες φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν καὶ εὐφραίνεσθαι, καὶ δοῦναι ἀποστολὰς τοῖς μὴ ἔχουσιν, καὶ εὐφρανθῆναι μεγάλως·

(1Es 9:55) And they-were-being-bear-belonged, all, to-have-had-devoured and to-have-had-drank and to-be-goodly-centered and to-have-had-given to-seteeings-off unto-the-ones lest unto-holding, and to-have-been-goodly-centered unto-great;

9:54 πιεῑ| sup ras B? (mg)

(403 B.C.)

1Es 9:55 ὅτι καὶ ἐνεφυσιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς ῥήμασιν οἷς ἐδιδάχθησαν. καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν.

to-which-a-one and they-were-en-puff-belonged-in in unto-the-ones unto-utterings-to unto-which they-were-veer-veerated. And they-were-led-together-upon.

9:55 om και 1° A

Subscr Εσδρας α B Εζρας α A